Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Русский

God, as necessary being

1 God, as necessary being

Бог как необходимое бытие

Westminster dictionary of theological terms > God, as necessary being
2 Бог как необходимое бытие

♦ ( ENG God, as necessary being)

философское определение Бога как единственного существа, от к-рого все во вселенной зависит и к-рый полностью самодостаточен. Ничто не существует и не может существовать без Бога. Все остальное является случайным бытием и зависит от Него.

Westminster dictionary of theological terms > Бог как необходимое бытие
3 πνεῦμα

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 308ff).

① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)

ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).

ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).

② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen² 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.² 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.

③ a part of human personality, spirit

ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X⁷ 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.

ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).

ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.

④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).

ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).

ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.

ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.

⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.

ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.

ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.

ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).

β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.

ⓓ abs.

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).

β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.

ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.

ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.

ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.

α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.

β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.

γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).

δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.

⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).

ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.

ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).

ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.

ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.

ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.

ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.

⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.

⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen² 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines⁶ 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes² 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα
4 creer

v.

1 to believe.

debe de ser bastante interesante — no creas,… it must be very interesting — far from it o don't you believe it,…

2 to believe (estar convencido de).

créeme, sólo quería ayudar believe me o honestly, I only wanted to help

¡ya lo creo! of course!

Ricardo cree en la reencarnación Richard believes in reincarnation.

María cree todas sus mentiras Mary believes all his lies.

Yo le creo a ella I believe her.

3 to think.

no creo, creo que no I don't think so

creo que sí I think so

creo que ha sido Sara I think it was Sara

¡quién lo hubiera creído! who would have thought it!

creer a alguien capaz de hacer algo to believe somebody to be capable of doing something

4 to consider oneself to, to believe to.

Creo estar preparado para ello I consider myself to be ready for that.

* * *

creer

Conjugation model [ LEER], like link=leer leer

► verbo transitivo

1 (dar por cierto) to believe

■ si no lo veo no lo creo I've got to see it to believe it

2 (suponer, opinar) to think, suppose

■ ¿y tú que crees? what do you think?

■ creo que sí I think so

■ creo que no I don't think so

3 (tener fe) to believe

► verbo intransitivo

1 (tener fe) to believe

■ creo en Dios I believe in God

► verbo pronominal creerse

1 (aceptar) to believe

■ no me lo creo I don't believe it, I can't believe it

■ no puedo creerme que sea tan barato I can't believe it's so cheap

2 (considerarse) to think

■ se cree un gran cantante he thinks he's a great singer

■ ¿quién te has creído que eres? who do you think you are?

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

creer a ciencia cierta to be convinced

creer a ojos cerrados to believe blindly

creer a pies juntillas to firmly believe

¡no creas! do you really think so?, I'm not so sure

no vayas a creer que... don't go thinking that...

¡que te crees tú eso! that's what you think!

¡ya lo creo! of course!

* * *

verb

1) to believe

2) think

* * *

1. VI

1) (=pensar)

es de Madrid, según creo — I believe she's from Madrid

no creo — I don't think so

es difícil, no creas — it's hard enough, I can tell you

2)

• creer en — to believe in

creen en Dios — they believe in God

creo en la igualdad — I believe in equality

¿crees en los fantasmas? — do you believe in ghosts?

2. VT

1) (=considerar cierto) to believe

nadie me cree — nobody believes me

créame — believe me, take my word for it

no creo lo que dijo — I don't believe what she said

• ¡ya lo creo!, -¿quieres un café? -¡ya lo creo! — "do you want some coffee?" - "you bet!" *

¡ya lo creo que está roto! — you bet it's broken!, it certainly is broken!

¿que yo voy a ir andando hasta el faro? ¡ya lo creo! — iró you think I'm going to walk all the way to the lighthouse? you must be joking! *

¿que tú no sabías lo del examen? ¡sí, sí, ya lo creo! — iró you didn't know about the exam? oh, sure you didn't! *

2) (=pensar) to think

creen haber descubierto el motivo — they think (that) they've discovered the reason

• creer que — to think (that)

no creo que pueda ir — I don't think I'll be able to go

creo que es sincera — I think she's sincere, I believe her to be sincere

creo que sí — I think so

creo que no — I don't think so

no puedo creer que esto esté pasando — I can't believe this is happening

no se vaya usted a creer que... — don't go thinking that..., I wouldn't want you to think that...

3) (=considerar) to think

no lo creía capaz de hacerlo — I didn't think him capable of doing it

lo creo mi deber — I think o consider it (to be) my duty

3.

See:

creerse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) (Relig) to believe

b) (tener fe, confianza)

creer en algo/alguien — to believe in something/somebody

c) (+ me/te/le etc) to believe

no te puedo creer! — I don't o can't believe it!

2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

¿estará en casa ahora? - no creo — will she be at home now? - I don't think so

él la quiere - ¿tú crees? — he loves her - do you think so?

ocurrió en 1965, según creo — I believe o understand it took place in 1965

no creas, es bastante difícil — believe me, it's quite hard

esto ya pasaba antes, no crea usted — this used to happen before as well, you know
2.
creer vt

1) ( dar por cierto) to believe

quién lo hubiera creído! — who would have believed it?

hay que verlo para creerlo — it has to be seen to be believed

lo creas o no lo creas or aunque no lo creas — believe it or not

si no lo veo no lo creo — if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes I wouldn't have believed it

ya lo creo! — of course!

no (le) creas nada de lo que dice — don't believe a thing o a word he says

no lo puedo creer! — I don't believe it!

2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

creo que sí/creo que no — I think so/I don't think so

creo que va a llover — I think it's going to rain

creo que es mi deber ayudarlo — I believe it's my duty to help him

quiero creer que se lo agradeciste — I hope you thanked them

se cree que el incendio fue provocado — the fire is thought to have been started deliberately

les hizo creer que estaba enfermo — he made them think he was ill

creo que no va a poder resolverlo — I don't believe o think she'll be able to sort it out

no creí necesario avisarte — I didn't think it necessary to let you know

no la creo capaz — I do not think she is capable

¿me crees tan estúpida? — do you really think I'm that stupid?

no creer que + subj: no creo que pueda resolverlo I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to solve it; no creo/no puedo creer que lo haya hecho I don't/can't believe that he did it; no vaya a creer que es para él he might get the impression it's for him; creer + inf: creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise; creo recordar que... I seem to remember that...; creo haberlo visto antes — I think I've seen it before
3.
creerse v pron

1) (dar por cierto, figurarse)

a) (enf) ( con ingenuidad) to believe

se cree todo lo que le dicen — she believes everything she's told

eso nadie se lo cree — no one believes that

que no se crea que es fácil — he shouldn't think it's easy

b) ( con arrogancia) to think

¿quién se creerá que es? — who does he think he is?

¿qué se habrán creído? — what do they take me (o us etc) for?

¿qué te crees, que soy tu criada? — what do you think I am, your maid or something?

se lo tiene muy creído — (Esp fam) he's very full of himself (colloq)

que te crees tú eso! or que te lo has creído! — (Esp fam) you must be kidding! (colloq)

2) (refl)

a) ( considerarse)

no me creo capaz de hacerlo — I don't think I'm capable of doing it

se cree muy listo — he thinks he's really clever

b) (CS fam) ( estimarse superior) to think one is special (o great etc)

3) (Méx) ( fiarse)

creerse de alguien — to trust somebody

* * *

= believe, feel, think, opine.

Ex. The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.

Ex. Some feel that the non-expressive nature of the notation limits the scheme's usefulness in computerised data bases.

Ex. Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.

Ex. Such techniques, she opined, emphasize production over people.

----

* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.

* ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.

* créeme = take it from me.

* creer a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* creer adecuado = see + fit, think + fit.

* creer en imposibilidades = believe in + impossibilities.

* creer en lo imposible = believe in + the impossible.

* creer necesario = feel + need for.

* creer que estar bien = feel + right.

* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.

* creerse = make out to be.

* creerse Dios = play + God.

* creerse equivocadamente = lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* creerse la salvación de = be god's gift to.

* creérselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* creérselo = go to + Posesivo + head, get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* creerse una broma = fall for + a joke, fall for + it.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* lo creas o no = believe it or not.

* no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* según se cree = reputedly.

* ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) (Relig) to believe

b) (tener fe, confianza)

creer en algo/alguien — to believe in something/somebody

c) (+ me/te/le etc) to believe

no te puedo creer! — I don't o can't believe it!

2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

¿estará en casa ahora? - no creo — will she be at home now? - I don't think so

él la quiere - ¿tú crees? — he loves her - do you think so?

ocurrió en 1965, según creo — I believe o understand it took place in 1965

no creas, es bastante difícil — believe me, it's quite hard

esto ya pasaba antes, no crea usted — this used to happen before as well, you know
2.
creer vt

1) ( dar por cierto) to believe

quién lo hubiera creído! — who would have believed it?

hay que verlo para creerlo — it has to be seen to be believed

lo creas o no lo creas or aunque no lo creas — believe it or not

si no lo veo no lo creo — if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes I wouldn't have believed it

ya lo creo! — of course!

no (le) creas nada de lo que dice — don't believe a thing o a word he says

no lo puedo creer! — I don't believe it!

2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

creo que sí/creo que no — I think so/I don't think so

creo que va a llover — I think it's going to rain

creo que es mi deber ayudarlo — I believe it's my duty to help him

quiero creer que se lo agradeciste — I hope you thanked them

se cree que el incendio fue provocado — the fire is thought to have been started deliberately

les hizo creer que estaba enfermo — he made them think he was ill

creo que no va a poder resolverlo — I don't believe o think she'll be able to sort it out

no creí necesario avisarte — I didn't think it necessary to let you know

no la creo capaz — I do not think she is capable

¿me crees tan estúpida? — do you really think I'm that stupid?

no creer que + subj: no creo que pueda resolverlo I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to solve it; no creo/no puedo creer que lo haya hecho I don't/can't believe that he did it; no vaya a creer que es para él he might get the impression it's for him; creer + inf: creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise; creo recordar que... I seem to remember that...; creo haberlo visto antes — I think I've seen it before
3.
creerse v pron

1) (dar por cierto, figurarse)

a) (enf) ( con ingenuidad) to believe

se cree todo lo que le dicen — she believes everything she's told

eso nadie se lo cree — no one believes that

que no se crea que es fácil — he shouldn't think it's easy

b) ( con arrogancia) to think

¿quién se creerá que es? — who does he think he is?

¿qué se habrán creído? — what do they take me (o us etc) for?

¿qué te crees, que soy tu criada? — what do you think I am, your maid or something?

se lo tiene muy creído — (Esp fam) he's very full of himself (colloq)

que te crees tú eso! or que te lo has creído! — (Esp fam) you must be kidding! (colloq)

2) (refl)

a) ( considerarse)

no me creo capaz de hacerlo — I don't think I'm capable of doing it

se cree muy listo — he thinks he's really clever

b) (CS fam) ( estimarse superior) to think one is special (o great etc)

3) (Méx) ( fiarse)

creerse de alguien — to trust somebody

* * *

= believe, feel, think, opine.

Ex: The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.

Ex: Some feel that the non-expressive nature of the notation limits the scheme's usefulness in computerised data bases.

Ex: Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.

Ex: Such techniques, she opined, emphasize production over people.

* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.

* ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.

* créeme = take it from me.

* creer a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* creer adecuado = see + fit, think + fit.

* creer en imposibilidades = believe in + impossibilities.

* creer en lo imposible = believe in + the impossible.

* creer necesario = feel + need for.

* creer que estar bien = feel + right.

* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.

* creerse = make out to be.

* creerse Dios = play + God.

* creerse equivocadamente = lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* creerse la salvación de = be god's gift to.

* creérselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* creérselo = go to + Posesivo + head, get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* creerse una broma = fall for + a joke, fall for + it.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* lo creas o no = believe it or not.

* no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* según se cree = reputedly.

* ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.

* * *

creer [ E13 ]

vi

A

1 ( Relig) to believe

2 (tener fe, confianza) creer EN algo/algn to believe IN sth/sb

no creo en los fantasmas/el amor I don't believe in ghosts/love

él fue el único que creyó en nosotros he was the only one who believed in us o who had any faith in us

3 (+ me/te/le etc) to believe

¿y eso te dijo? ¡no te puedo creer! he said that to you? I don't o can't believe it!

tú me crees, ¿verdad? you believe me, don't you?

B (pensar, juzgar) to think

¿estará en casa ahora? — no creo will she be at home now? — I don't think so

esto lo terminamos mañana — ¿tú crees? we'll get this finished tomorrow — do you think so?

ocurrió en 1965, según creo I believe o understand it took place in 1965

es más difícil de lo que parece, no creas believe you me, it's harder than it looks

esto ya pasaba antes, no crea usted this used to happen before as well, you know

■ creer

vt

A (dar por cierto) to believe

¡quién lo hubiera creído! who would have believed it?

hay que verlo para creerlo it has to be seen to be believed

lo creas o no lo creas or aunque no lo creas believe it or not

si no lo veo no lo creo if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes I wouldn't have believed it

¿que si lo voy a aceptar? ¡ya lo creo! am I going to accept it? of course I am! o ( colloq) you bet!

no (le) creas nada de lo que dice don't believe a thing o a word he says

es una historia de no creer it's an unbelievable o incredible story

¿tú puedes creer que ni siquiera me saludó? would o can you believe that he didn't even say hello to me?

¡no lo puedo creer, nos han puesto otra multa! I don't believe it, we've got another ticket!

¿se puede creer que a nadie se le haya ocurrido? can you believe that nobody has thought of it before?

B (pensar, juzgar) to think

¿ya ha terminado la reunión? — creo que sí/creo que no has the meeting finished yet? — I think so/I don't think so

creo que va a llover I think it's going to rain

creo que es mi deber ayudarlo I believe it's my duty to help him, I consider it my duty to help him

quiero creer que se lo agradeciste I hope you thanked them

no vayas a creer que a mí me resultó fácil don't get the impression that o don't think that it was easy for me

se cree que el incendio fue provocado the fire is thought to have been started deliberately

les hizo creer que estaba enfermo he made them think he was ill

creo que no va a poder resolverlo I don't believe o think she'll be able to sort it out

no creí necesario avisarte I did not think it necessary to let you know

no la creo capaz de semejante cosa I do not think she is capable of such a thing

¿me crees tan estúpida? do you really think I'm that stupid?

no creer QUE + SUBJ:

no creo que pueda resolverlo I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to solve it

no creo/no puedo creer que lo haya hecho sin ayuda I don't/can't believe that he did it on his own

no creo que llueva I don't think it'll rain

creer + INF:

creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise

creo recordar que me dijiste que … I seem to remember you telling me that …

creo haberlo visto antes pero no estoy segura I think I've seen it before but I'm not sure

■ creerse

v pron

A (dar por cierto, figurarse)

1 ( enf) (con ingenuidad) to believe

que no se crea que es tan fácil he shouldn't think it's so easy

se cree todo lo que le dicen she believes everything she's told

no me creo nada de ti ( Esp); I don't believe a thing o word you say

2 (con arrogancia) to think

¿quién se creerá que es? who does he think he is?

¿qué se habrán creído?, ofrecernos esa miseria what do they take us for, offering us such a pathetic amount?

¿qué te crees, que soy tu criada? what do you think I am? your maid or something?

se lo cree mucho or se lo tiene muy creído ( Esp fam); he's very full of himself ( colloq), he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)

¡que te crees tú eso! or ¡que te lo has creído! ( Esp fam); you must be kidding o joking! ( colloq)

B ( refl)

1

(considerarse): no me creo capaz de hacerlo I don't think I'm capable of doing it

se cree el dueño del pueblo he thinks he owns the whole village

te crees muy listo ¿verdad? you think you're really clever, don't you?

2 (CS fam) (estimarse superior) to think one is special ( o great etc)

C ( Méx) (fiarse) creerse DE algn; to trust sb

* * *

creer ( conjugate creer) verbo intransitivo
a) (tener fe, aceptar como verdad) to believe;

creer en algo/algn to believe in sth/sb;
◊ ¿me crees? do you believe me?

b) (pensar, juzgar) to think;

◊ ¿tú crees? do you think so?;

no creo I don't think so;
no creas, es bastante difícil believe me, it's quite hard
verbo transitivo
a) ( dar por cierto) to believe;

◊ hay que verlo para creerlo it has to be seen to be believed;

aunque no lo creas believe it or not;
¡no lo puedo creer! I don't believe it!;
¡ya lo creo! of course!
b) (pensar, juzgar) to think;

◊ creo que sí/creo que no I think so/I don't think so;

creo que va a llover I think it's going to rain;
no la creo capaz I do not think she is capable;
se cree que el incendio fue provocado the fire is thought to have been started deliberately;
no lo creí necesario I didn't think it necessary;
no creo que pueda ir I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to go;
creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise;
creo recordar que … I seem to remember that …
creerse verbo pronominal
a) ( enf) ( con ingenuidad) to believe;

◊ eso nadie se lo cree no one believes that

b) ( con arrogancia) to think;

◊ se cree muy listo he thinks he's really clever;

¿quién se creerá que es? who does he think he is?
c) (CS fam) ( estimarse superior) to think one is special (o great etc)

d) (Méx) ( fiarse) creerse de algn to trust sb

creer
I verbo transitivo
1 (suponer) to think: ¿crees que está implicado?, do you think he's involved?
creo que sí/no, I think so/don't think so
ya lo creo, of course
2 (tener fe, confianza) to believe: créeme, believe me
te creo, I believe you
II verbo intransitivo
1 Rel to believe [en, in]
cree en los marcianos, he believes in Martians
2 (tener confianza) to trust: mi padre cree en mí, my father trusts me
' creer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acabar
- adelante
- entender
- imaginar
- imposible
- machamartillo
- suponer
- temerse
- tragar
- creyera
- engañar
- hallar
- ir
- pensar
English:
belief
- believe
- believe in
- buy
- certain
- conceive
- credit
- deceive
- fancy
- lead to
- reason
- reckon
- see
- seeing
- swallow
- think
- trust
- disbelieve
- have
- impression
- suppose

* * *

creer

♦ vt

1. [estar convencido de] to believe;

no te creo I don't believe you;

no creas nada de lo que te cuenten don't believe a word they say;

créeme, sólo quería ayudar believe me o honestly, I only wanted to help;

no puedo creer lo que ven mis ojos I can't believe my eyes;

no puedo creer lo que estoy oyendo I can't believe my ears o what I'm hearing;

hay que verlo para creerlo it has to be seen to be believed;

Comp

creer algo a pies juntillas to believe sth blindly;

Comp

ya lo creo: [m5]¡ya lo creo que iré! of course I'll go!, you bet I'll go!;
Irónico
¿nos puedes ayudar a subir el piano? – ¡ya lo creo! could you help us carry the piano upstairs? – oh sure, I'd just love to!

2. [suponer, pensar] to think;

creo que ha sido Sara I think it was Sara;

creo que va a hacer calor I think it's going to be hot;

creo que te equivocas I think you're mistaken;

creo que está vivo I think he's alive, I believe him to be alive;

¿crees que lo conseguiremos? do you think we'll achieve it?, do you expect us to achieve it?;

creo que sí I think so;

creo que no I don't think so;

no creo que pueda ir contigo I don't think I can go with you;

¿vendrás a la fiesta? – no creo are you going to the party? – I don't think so;

creo no equivocarme I believe I'm right, I don't think I'm wrong;

creí oír un llanto I thought I heard someone crying;

creo recordar que no es la primera vez que lo hace I seem to remember it's not the first time she's done it;

no te vayas a creer que soy siempre así don't think o imagine I'm always like this;

no la creía tan simpática I didn't think she was so nice;

¡quién lo hubiera creído! who would have thought it!;

se llama Juan, creo he's called Juan, I think;

están muy afectados, ¿no crees? they seem very upset, don't you think?

3. [estimar] to think;

le creo capaz I think he's competent;

creer a alguien capaz de hacer algo to think sb is capable of doing sth

♦ vi

to believe (en in);
creer en Dios to believe in God;

no cree en la monarquía he doesn't believe in monarchy;

mis hijos no creen en Papá Noel my children don't believe in Father Christmas;

no cree, es ateo he's not a believer, he's an atheist;

creo en tu honestidad I believe you're being honest;

según creo to the best of my knowledge;

debe ser bastante interesante – no creas,… it must be very interesting – far from it o don't you believe it,…

♦ See also the pronominal verb creerse

* * *

creer

I v/i believe (en in);

creer en Dios believe in God

II v/t think; ( dar por cierto) believe;

hacer creer algo a alguien make s.o. think o believe sth;

no creo que esté aquí I don’t think he’s here;

eso no te lo crees ni tú fam you must be nuts! fam ;

¡quién iba a creerlo! who would have believed it!;

¡ya lo creo! fam you bet! fam

* * *

creer {20} v

1) : to believe

2) : to suppose, to think

creo que sí: I think so

♦ See also the reflexive verb creerse

* * *

creer vb

1. (en general) to believe

¿crees en Dios? do you believe in God?

no me creyó he didn't believe me

2. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

creo que vamos a ganar I think we're going to win

Spanish-English dictionary > creer
5 hacer

v.

1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

Ella hace la tarea She does her work.

2 to make.

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony

hacer una fiesta to have a party

para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…

Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.

Le hago estudiar I make him study.

Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)

3 to make (obtener) (fotocopia).

4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).

5 to build (to build).

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).

le hice señas I signaled to her

hacer ruido to make a noise

el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"

7 to do (practicar) (en general).

debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).

este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat

9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).

hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter

10 to think, to reckon.

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now

11 to be done to.

Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.

12 to place.

Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.

13 to be made to.

Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.

14 to be made for.

Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.

15 to travel, to make.

Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.

* * *

HACER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.

Past Indicative

hice, hiciste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicieron.

Future Indicative

haré, harás, hará, haremos, haréis, harán.

Conditional

haría, harías, haría, haríamos, haríais, harían.

Present Subjunctive

haga, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagáis, hagan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

hiciera, hicieras, hiciera, hiciéramos, hicierais, hicieran;

hiciese, hicieses, hiciese, hiciésemos, hicieseis, hiciesen.

Future Subjunctive

hiciere, hicieres, hiciere, hiciéremos, hiciereis, hicieren.

Imperative

haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

hecho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to make

2) do

3) be

•

- hace dos años
- hacer falta
- hacerse
* * *
Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

no sé qué hacer — I don't know what to do

hace y deshace las cosas a su antojo — she does as she pleases

¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

no hizo nada por ayudarnos — she didn't do anything to help us

haz todo lo posible por llegar a tiempo — do everything possible to arrive on time

• hacer el [amor] — to make love

• hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

- ¡qué le vamos a hacer!

hacer algo por hacer —

no tiene sentido hacer las cosas por hacerlas — there's no point doing things just for the sake of it

- ¡la hemos hecho buena!

- ya ha hecho otra de las suyas

2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do

él protestó y yo hice lo mismo — he protested and I did the same

no viene tanto como lo solía hacer — he doesn't come as much as he used to

3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

hacer dinero — to make money

• le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

• hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

• hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

• hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

• hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

• hacer [sitio] — to make room

• hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

hacer la barba a algn — to trim sb's beard

• hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

6) (=dedicarse a)

¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

está haciendo turismo en África — he's gone touring in Africa

• hacer [cine] — to make films

• hacer [teatro] — to act

7) (=actuar)

hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

hacer el papel de malo — to play the (part of the) villain

8) (=sumar) to make

6 y 3 hacen 9 — 6 and 3 make 9

este hace 100 — this one makes 100

y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

este hace el corredor número 100 en atravesar la meta — he's the 100th runner to cross the finishing line

9) (=cumplir)

voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

10) (=obligar) + infin to make

les hice venir — I made them come

siempre consigue hacerme reír — she always manages to make me laugh

le gustaba hacerme rabiar — he enjoyed making me mad

• hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

• me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

• hacer [que] + subjun —

yo haré que vengan — I'll make sure they come

11) (=mandar)
+ infin
hizo construirse un palacio — she had a palace built

hicieron pintar la fachada del colegio — they had the front of the school painted

12) (=transformar) + adj to make

esto lo hará más difícil — this will make it more difficult

hacer feliz a algn — to make sb happy

te hace más delgado — it makes you look slimmer

has hecho de mí un hombre muy feliz — you've made me a very happy man

13) (=pensar) to think

yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

te hacíamos en el Perú — we thought you were in Peru

14) (=acostumbrar)

hacer el cuerpo al frío — to get one's body used to the cold

15) (=ejercitar)

hacer dedos — to do finger exercises

hacer piernas — to stretch one's legs

16)

• hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

me hizo con dinero — he provided me with money

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=comportarse)

haces bien en esperar — you're right to wait

haces mal no contestando a sus llamadas — it's wrong of you not to answer his calls

• hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

hizo como si me fuera a pegar — he made as if to strike me

2)

• [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

3) (=importar)

no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

- ¡no le hagas!

4) (=ser apropiado)

¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

la llave hace a todas las puertas — the key fits all the doors

hace a todo — he's good for anything

5) (=apetecer)

¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

6) [seguido de preposición]
hacer de (Teat) to play the part of
hacer de malo — to play the villain
hacer por (=intentar)
haz por verlo si puedes — try to get round to seeing him if you can

hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

3. VERBO IMPERSONAL

1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

hizo dos grados bajo cero — it was two degrees below zero

¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

ojalá haga buen tiempo — I hope the weather's nice

2) [con expresiones temporales]

hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

ha estado aquí hasta hace poco — he was here only a short while ago

no hace mucho — not long ago

hace un mes que voy — I've been going for a month

¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

hace de esto varios años — it is some years since this happened

• [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

está perdido desde hace 15 días — it's been missing for a fortnight

3) LAm (=haber, tener)

hace sed — I'm thirsty

hace sueño — I'm sleepy

4.

See:

hacerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

----

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *

hacer [ E18 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ hacer (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 crear

2 extender: cheque, factura etc

B efectuar, llevar a cabo

C formular, expresar

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc

F preparar, arreglar

G

1 producir, causar

2 refiriéndose a sonidos

H recorrer

I en cálculos, enumeraciones

Sentido II

A

1 ocuparse en una actividad

2 como profesión, ocupación

3 estudiar

B

1 actuar de cierta manera

2 dar cierto uso

3 causar daño

C actuar como

D hacer una vida

E sustituyendo a otro verbo

F afectar, importar

Sentido III

A transformar en, volver

B dar apariencia de

C inducir a, ser la causa de que

D obligar a

E hacer hacer algo

F acostumbrar

G suponer, imaginar

■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 obrar, actuar

2 hacer bien, mal etc

B con las necesidades fisiológicas

C fingir, simular

D intentar, procurar

E servir

F interpretar un personaje

Sentido II

A

1 sentarle bien, mal

2 quedar, resultar

B corresponder

C no le hace

D en tercera persona: concernir

E apetecer

■ hacer (verbo impersonal)

A

1 refiriéndose al tiempo

2 familiar humorístico

B expresando el tiempo transcurrido

■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B

1 hacer para sí

2 hacer que otro haga

C causarse

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir

Sentido II

A

1 volverse, convertirse en

2 impersonal

3 cocinarse

4 pasarle (a algn)

B resultar

C dar la impresión de

D causativo

E acostumbrarse

F fingirse

G

1 moverse

2 colocarse

H hacerse con

I hacerse de

vt

Sentido I [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

A

1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew

les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes

hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow

hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table

le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant

hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple

2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write

me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check

B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do

estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey

me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me

hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe

hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping

me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift

tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run

¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?

me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer

hicimos un trato we did o made a deal

hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do

C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)

hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)

hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet

E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make

hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile

F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack

tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch

hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven

G

1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make

este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet

2 (refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'

el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes

¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?

H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do

hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours

I

(en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil the thousandth visitor

hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list

Sentido II

A

1 (ocuparse en una actividad) to do

¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?

ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?

no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain

no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater

están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?

no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip

2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do

¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor

3 (estudiar) to do

hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law

hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course

hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy

B

1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do

yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same

perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose

haz lo que quieras do what you like

aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes

¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!

haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him

¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?

no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice

hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director

si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)

la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal

hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside

¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat

hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb

se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her

soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!

mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!

2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?

no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?

3

(causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb

no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you

yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her

no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me

C

( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around

D

(llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life

trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life

E

(sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better

voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it

voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it

F

( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

A (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer he made her his wife

agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor

hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces

la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous

este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible

quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible

hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth

hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking

hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you

B

(dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner

el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger

C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF

una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry

todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened

hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over

haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in

eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end

hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF

¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!

esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow

D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF

me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours

se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again

me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it

me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five

hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF

hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down

E

hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened

le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding

F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth

pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working

G

(suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires

tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger

¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!

■ hacer

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it

tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it

déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?

¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?

no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary

hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity

tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything

ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing

hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes

¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)

2 (+ complemento):

hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie

mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet

B

( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)

hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)

C

(fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading

hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear

hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:

haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it

D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF

tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)

tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her

E (servir) hacer DE algo:

esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital

F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb

siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy

hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet

Sentido II

A (+ compl)

1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):

le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit

¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!

los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill

2

( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures

B (corresponder) hacerle A algo to fit sth

esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar

esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock

C

no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?

D ( en tercera persona) ( frml)

(concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application

E

( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)

te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)

■

v impers

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)

nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather

ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather

2 ( familiar humorístico):

hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry

¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?

B

(expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years

¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago

¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?

lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago

lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time

hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him

hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him

hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently

■ hacerse

v pron

Sentido I

A

(producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light

(+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it

si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps

se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship

por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)

B

1 ( refl)

(hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

2 ( caus)

(hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome

se hicieron una casita they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure

tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed

C

(causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants

se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed

¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)

E ( refl)

(adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world

sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that

idea

Sentido II

A

1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become

se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun

se hizo famoso he became famous

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old

2 ( impersonal):

en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early

vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late

(+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him

3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook

dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat

4

( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to

B

(resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again

(+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe

C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here

se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky

D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:

tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you

el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming

cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte

es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking

se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built

hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor

rogar

E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth

no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country

no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea

hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING

no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone

F

(fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent

seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)

no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me

se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand

yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice

G

1 (moverse) (+ compl):

hacerse atrás to move back

hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside

hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way

2

( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?

H hacerse con to take

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city

se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune

tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow

se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company

lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company

no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup

I hacerse de

( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money

se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there

* * *

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacer algo
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacer to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hacer la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hacer a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacer v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hacerse un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hacerse a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
' hacer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- aclarar
- acopio
- acto
- adelantar
- adelantamiento
- advertir
- alarde
- aliviar
- amagar
- amarrar
- amor
- amortizar
- ampliar
- añicos
- aplanar
- aprecio
- aprender
- aspaviento
- atonía
- autostop
- ayuno
- balance
- broma
- burla
- burrada
- cábala
- caballo
- cabronada
- caca
- cafetera
- caja
- calceta
- calentar
- callar
- calle
- calor
- cama
- capacitar
- capaz
- caso
- castigar
- castillo
- chantaje
- colar
- colada
- colecta
- comecome
- comentar
- como
English:
abort
- abstain
- abuse
- accent
- accentuate
- accepted
- accustom
- act
- advance
- advertise
- afraid
- again
- agitate
- agree
- aim at
- aim to
- air
- all-out
- amenable
- antsy
- apart
- appearance
- arm-twisting
- as
- assert
- attempt
- audition
- authorize
- backup
- bake
- balance
- bandy about
- bed
- begin
- blast
- blind
- blueberry
- blur
- boil
- bonk
- boohoo
- book in
- bounce
- bring in
- bubble
- budget
- bulldoze
- bully
- bundle
- burp

* * *

hacer

♦ vt

1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;

hacer una fiesta to have a party;

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;

hacer un nudo to tie a knot;

los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;

haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
Fam
tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;

Comp
Fam
¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!

2. [construir] to build;

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

3. [generar] to produce;

el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;

le hice señas I signalled to her;

hizo un gesto de aprobación con la cabeza she nodded her approval;

el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;

el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;

hacer ruido to make a noise

5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
[retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
[viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
hacer una entrevista to do an interview;

hacer una entrevista a alguien to interview sb;

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;

hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;

hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering

7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
CSur Fam
y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;

¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
Fam
haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;

¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;

8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
[tenis, fútbol] to play;
debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
[cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;

este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat

11. [transformar en]
hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;

la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;

hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;

hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;

hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her

12. [comportarse como]
hacer el tonto to act the fool;

hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;

hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself

13. [causar]
hacer daño a alguien to hurt sb;

me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;

un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
Am
esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me

14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
[obra] to do, to perform;
hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;

hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays

15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;

te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger

16. [ser causa de]
hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo reír it made me laugh;

has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;

haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;

la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off

17. [mandar]
hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;

voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;

la hizo callarse he made her shut up

18. [acostumbrar]
la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone

19. [cumplir]
hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week

20. [completar] to make;

tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;

y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;

hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list

21. [conseguir] to make;

hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;

hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia

22. [recorrer] to do;

¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;

hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day

23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
Euf
tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
Fam
los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee

24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;

se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;

ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to

♦ vi

1. [intervenir, actuar]
déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;

Comp

ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company

2.
hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
[servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;

este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;

hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote

3. [aparentar]
hacer como si to act as if;

haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care

4. [procurar, intentar]
hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;

haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight

5. [proceder]
haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;

hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;

¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?

6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?

7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
¿hiciste? have you done anything?;

preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out

8. Méx Fam
hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;

me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me

9. Méx Fam
hacerle a [profesión] to do;

por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing

10. Méx Fam
hacerle a [droga] to do;

ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke

11. Méx Fam
hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;

le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;

dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around

12. Méx Fam
no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;

perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!

13. Méx, RP
no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;

no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;

¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!

♦ v impersonal

1. [tiempo meteorológico]
hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;

hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;

mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow

2. [tiempo transcurrido]
hace diez años ten years ago;

hace mucho a long time ago;

hace poco not long ago;

hace un rato a short while ago;

hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;

no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;

¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?

♦ See also the pronominal verb hacerse

* * *

hacer

<part hecho>

I v/t

1 ( realizar) do;

¡haz algo! do something!;

hacer una pregunta ask a question;

tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;

no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;

no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;

se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;

¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!

2 ( elaborar, crear) make;

hacer la comida make o cook a meal;

hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen

3 ( obligar a)

:

hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;

le hicieron ir they made him go

4 ( cumplir)

:

hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday

5 ( equivaler a)

:

esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter

6

:

¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life

II v/i

1

:

haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going

2 ( sentar)

:

me hace mal it’s making me ill

3 ( servir de)

:

esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table

4 ( fingir)

:

hacer como que o

como si act as if

5 L.Am.

no le hace it doesn’t matter

6 L.Am. ( parecer)

:

se me hace que it seems to me that

7 ( apetecer)

:

¿hace? fam does that sound good?

8

:

hacer de malo TEA play the villain

III v/ impers

:

hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;

hace tres días three days ago;

hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;

desde hace un año for a year

* * *

hacer {40} vt

1) : to make

2) : to do, to perform

3) : to force, to oblige

los hice esperar: I made them wait

hacer vi

: to act

haces bien: you're doing the right thing

hacer v impers

1) (referring to weather)

hacer frío: to be cold

hace viento: it's windy

2)

hace : ago

hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time

3)

no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference

4)

hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed

♦ See also the reflexive verb hacerse

* * *

hacer vb

1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]

Dios hizo al hombre God made man

voy a hacer la comida I'm going to make lunch

¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?

no hagas tanto ruido don't make so much noise

hizo mucho dinero he made a lot of money

ocho y tres hacen once eight and three make eleven

la película me hizo llorar the film made me cry

2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?

¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?

nos han mandado hacer un trabajo sobre Lorca we've got to do an essay on Lorca

¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?

está haciendo un curso de informática he's doing a computer course

¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?

3. (tiempo meteorológico) to be

hace calor it's hot

hace sol it's sunny

hace buen tiempo the weather is good

4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...

la barba te hace mayor your beard makes you look older

ese pantalón te hace más delgada those trousers make you look slimmer

5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

hacía más joven a tu hermano I thought your brother was younger

6. (aparentar) to pretend

haz como que no lo sabías pretend you didn't know

hace que trabaja he pretends to work

7. (cumplir años) to be

mañana haré 18 años I'll be 18 tomorrow

8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on

esta noche hacen una película buena there's a good film on tonight

hace (acción acabada) ago (acción que continúa) for

hace una semana a week ago

mi abuelo murió hace cinco años my grandfather died five years ago

hace años que no la veo I haven't seen her for years

vivo aquí desde hace un año I've been living here for a year

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hacer bien to be right

haces bien en quejarte you're right to complain

hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]

hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about

hacer la maleta to pack

hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]

hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]

hacer un nudo to tie a knot

hacer un papel to play a part

hacer un viaje to go on a trip

hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]

hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]

hacer una pregunta to ask a question

hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

hacer una visita to visit

Spanish-English dictionary > hacer
6 εἰμί

εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans³-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.² 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.

① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).

② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.

ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.

ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.

ⓒ in explanations:

α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.

β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.

③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be

ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.

ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.

ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.

ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).

④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.

⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.

⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.

⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).

⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.

⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.

⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.

⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.² 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).

ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.

ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).

α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).

β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.

γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).

ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).

ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.

ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί
7 être

être [εtʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. linking verb

2. auxiliary verb

3. intransitive verb

4. impersonal verb

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 61

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Pour les locutions comme être en colère, c'est dommage, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. to be

• le ciel est bleu the sky is blue

• soyez sages ! be good!

• il était fatigué he was tired

• elle est traductrice she's a translator

• il est tout pour elle he's everything to her

• il n'est plus rien pour moi he doesn't mean anything to me any more

• nous sommes dix à vouloir partir ten of us want to go

► être de

• nous sommes de la même religion we are of the same faith

• être de l'expédition to take part in the expedition

• être de noce to be at a wedding

• je ne serai pas du voyage I won't be going

• elle est des nôtres she's one of us ; ( = elle vient avec nous) she's coming with us

• serez-vous des nôtres demain ? will you be coming tomorrow?

   b. (date) on est le 12 janvier

• nous sommes le 12 janvier it's 12 January

• on était en juillet it was in July

• quel jour sommes-nous ? (date) what's the date today? ; (jour) what day is it today?

2. <

   a. (passif) to be

• être fabriqué par... to be made by...

• il est soutenu par son patron he is backed up by his boss

• elle n'a pas été invitée she hasn't been invited

   b. (temps composés) to have

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les temps composés anglais sont généralement formés avec le verbe to have et non to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les temps composés français ne se traduisent pas toujours par des temps composés anglais: le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est mort hier he died yesterday

• il est parti hier he left yesterday

• est-il déjà passé ? has he been already?

• nous étions montés we had gone upstairs

   c. (verbes pronominaux) elle s'est regardée dans la glace she looked at herself in the mirror

• elle s'était endormie she had fallen asleep

• ils se sont regardés avec méfiance they looked at each other suspiciously

3. <

   a. to be

• elle n'est plus she is no more

• le meilleur homme qui soit the kindest man imaginable

• le village est à 10 km d'ici the village is 10km from here

• où étais-tu ? where were you?

   b. ( = aller)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque avoir été décrit un déplacement, il est rendu le plus souvent par to go ; lorsqu'il exprime le fait de s'être trouvé quelque part, il se traduit par to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il n'avait jamais été à Londres he'd never been to London

• as-tu déjà été à l'étranger ? -- oui j'ai été en Italie l'an dernier have you ever been abroad? -- yes I went to Italy last year

• elle a été lui téléphoner she's gone to phone him

• il a été dire que c'était de ma faute he went and said that it was my fault

4. <

   a. ► il est + adjectif it is

• il est étrange que... it's odd that...

• il a été facile de le convaincre it was easy to convince him

   b. ► il est (pour dire l'heure) it is

• il est 10 heures it's 10 o'clock

• il était 8 heures quand il est arrivé it was 8 o'clock when he arrived

• quelle heure est-il ? what time is it?

   c. ► il est + nom (literary) (nom singulier) there is ; (nom pluriel) there are

• il est un pays où... there is a country where...

• il est des gens qui... there are people who...

• il était une fois... once upon a time there was...

   d. ► c'est, ce sont + nom ou pronom

• c'est le médecin (en désignant) that's the doctor ; (au téléphone, à la porte) it's the doctor

• c'est une voiture rapide it's a fast car

• ce sont de bons souvenirs they are happy memories

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais, to be se met au temps de l'action décrite.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est une voiture rouge qui l'a renversé it was a red car which knocked him down

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Notez l'emploi possible d'un auxiliaire en anglais pour traduire les propositions tronquées.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• qui a crié ? -- c'est lui who shouted? -- he did or it was him

   e. ► c'est + adjectif it is

• c'est impossible it's impossible

• c'était formidable it was wonderful

• c'est vrai that's true

• ça c'est vrai ! that's true!

• un hôtel pas cher, c'est difficile à trouver it's not easy to find a cheap hotel

• voler, c'est quelque chose que je ne ferai jamais stealing is something I'll never do

   f. (locutions)

► c'est... qui

• c'est le vent qui a emporté la toiture it was the wind that blew the roof off

• c'est eux or ce sont eux qui mentaient they are the ones who were lying

• c'est toi qui le dis ! that's what you say!

• c'est moi qu'on attendait it was me they were waiting for► c'est... que

• c'est une bonne voiture que vous avez là that's a good car you've got there

• c'est ici que je l'ai trouvé this is where I found it

• c'était elle que je voulais rencontrer she was the one I wanted to meet

• ne partez pas, c'est à vous que je veux parler don't go, it's you I want to talk to► c'est que (pour expliquer)

quand il écrit, c'est qu'il a besoin d'argent when he writes, it's because he needs money

• c'est que je le connais bien ! I know him so well!

• c'est qu'elle n'a pas d'argent it's because she has no money ; (exclamatif) but she has no money!► ce n'est pas que

• ce n'est pas qu'il soit beau ! it's not that he's good-looking!► est-ce que ?

• est-ce que c'est vrai ? is it true?

• est-ce que vous saviez ? did you know?

• est-ce que tu m'entends ? can you hear me?

• est-ce que c'est toi qui l'as battu ? was it you who beat him?

• quand est-ce que ce sera réparé ? when will it be fixed?

• où est-ce que tu l'as mis ? where have you put it?► n'est-ce pas ? → n'est-ce pas

► ne serait-ce if only

• ne serait-ce que pour quelques jours if only for a few days

• ne serait-ce que pour nous ennuyer if only to annoy us

5. <

   a. ( = créature) being

• être humain human being

• être vivant living being

   b. ( = individu) person

• les êtres qui nous sont chers our loved ones

• un être cher a loved one

• c'était un être merveilleux he was a wonderful person

* * *

I ɛtʀ
verbe intransitif (+ v avoir)

1)

il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué — even the Antarctic is polluted

il en est de Pierre comme de Paul — it is the same with Pierre as with Paul

voilà ce qu'il en est — ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is

il n'en est rien — this isn't at all the case

il en sera toujours ainsi — it will always be so

il en a été de même — it was the same

qu'en est-il de...? — what's the news on...?

2)

je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant — I'll be with you right away/in a minute

je suis à vous — I'm all yours

être à ce qu'on fait — to have one's mind on what one is doing

elle est toujours à se plaindre — she's always complaining

3)

il n'est plus — euph he's no longer with us

ce temps n'est plus — these days are gone

fût-il duc/en cristal — even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal

n'était leur grand âge — were it not for their advanced age

ne serait-ce qu'en faisant — if only by doing

ne fût-ce qu'un instant — if only for a moment

fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires — if only on humanitarian grounds

••

on ne peut pas être et avoir été — Proverbe you can't stay young forever

••

être I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold

Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire

Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc

être = verbe auxiliaire

de la voix passive

être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais

au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year

au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned

du passé dans les temps composés

être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge

Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant

Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well

être = aller

Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant

Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)

c'est

interrogation

est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?

Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?

est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné

Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?

affirmation

c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?

Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends

De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc

Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...

En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers

c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables

c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose

La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text

c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?

ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher

être = verbe impersonnel

il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining

On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois

il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée

il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

Emplois avec en

en être

Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood

être en

Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate

emplois avec y

j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour

être + prépositions

La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de

être à

Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’

Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante

Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'

Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

être de

Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc

La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction

Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part

Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

II ɛtʀ
nom masculin

1) ( organisme vivant) being

être humain — human being

les êtres animés et inanimés — animate and inanimate things

les êtres et les choses — living things and objects

un être sans défense — a defenceless [BrE] creature

2) ( personne) person

un être d'exception — an exceptional person

un être cher or aimé — a loved one

un être sensible — a sensitive soul

3) ( nature intime) being

de tout son être — with one's whole being

blessé au plus profond de son être — hurt to the core

4) Philosophie

l'être — being

••

être I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold

Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire

Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc

être = verbe auxiliaire

de la voix passive

être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais

au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year

au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned

du passé dans les temps composés

être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge

Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant

Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well

être = aller

Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant

Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)

c'est

interrogation

est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?

Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?

est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné

Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?

affirmation

c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?

Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends

De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc

Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...

En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers

c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables

c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose

La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text

c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?

ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher

être = verbe impersonnel

il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining

On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois

il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée

il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

Emplois avec en

en être

Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood

être en

Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate

emplois avec y

j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour

être + prépositions

La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de

être à

Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’

Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante

Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'

Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

être de

Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc

La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction

Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part

Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

* * *
ɛtʀ
1. nm

being

être humain — human being

2. vb (avec attribut)

1) (état, description) to be

Il est instituteur. — He's a teacher.

Vous êtes grand. — You're tall.

Vous êtes fatigué. — You're tired.

Je suis heureux. — I'm happy.

C'est moi! — It's me!

2) (appartenance)

être à qn — to be sb's, to belong to sb

Ce livre est à Paul. — This book is Paul's., This book belongs to Paul.

C'est à moi. — It's mine.

C'est à eux. — It's theirs.

C'est à lui de le faire. — It's up to him to do it.

3) (origine)

être de — to be from

Il est de Paris. — He is from Paris.

Il est des nôtres. — He is one of us.

4) (obligation, but)

être à (+ infinitif) C'est à réparer. — It needs repairing.

C'est à essayer. — You should try it.

Il est à espérer que... — It is to be hoped that...

3. vi

1) (= se trouver) to be

Je ne serai pas ici demain. — I won't be here tomorrow.

2) (date)

Nous sommes le 10 janvier. — It's the 10th of January., Today is the 10th of January.

3) (= faire partie) to be

être de ceux qui... — to be one of those who...

Il voulait en être. — He wanted to be part of it.

4) (= exister) to be

être ou ne pas être... — to be or not to be...

5) (autres locutions)

en être à qch (= avoir atteint) — to have got to sth, to have got as far as sth, (= être réduit à) to be reduced to sth

Nous en étions au dessert. — We had got to the dessert., We had got as far as dessert.

Il en est à faire des ménages pour vivre. — He's been reduced to doing cleaning jobs to earn a living.

en être pour ses frais — to get nothing for one's trouble

4. vb aux

1) (dans verbes composés) to have

être arrivé — to have arrived

être allé — to have gone

Il est parti. — He has left., He has gone.

Il n'est pas encore arrivé. — He hasn't arrived yet.

2) (forme passive) to be

être fait par — to be made by

Il a été promu. — He has been promoted.

5. vb impers

1) (avec attribut)

il est... — it is...

Il est impossible de le faire. — It's impossible to do it.

2) (pour dire l'heure)

Il est 10 heures. — It's 10 o'clock.

See:

est-ce que,

n'est-ce pas,

c'est-à-dire,

ce

* * *

I.

être ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: être vi

1 il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué even the Antarctic is polluted; il en est de Pierre comme de Paul it is the same with Pierre as with Paul; voilà ce qu'il en est ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is; il n'en est rien this isn't at all the case; il en sera toujours ainsi it will always be so; il en a été de même it was the same; qu'en est-il de…? what's the news on…?;

2 je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant I'll be with you right away/in a minute; je suis à vous I'm all yours; être à ce qu'on fait to have one's mind on what one is doing; elle est toujours à se plaindre she's always complaining;

3 il n'est plus euph he's no longer with us; ce temps n'est plus those days are gone; ces traditions ne sont plus these traditions are things of the past; fût-il duc/en cristal even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal, even were he a duke/were it made of crystal; n'était leur grand âge were it not for their advanced age, if it were not for their advanced age; ne serait-ce qu'en faisant if only by doing; ne fût-ce que pour la soulager/qu'un instant if only to relieve her/for a moment; fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires if only on humanitarian grounds.

Idiome

on ne peut pas être et avoir été Prov you can't stay young forever.

II.

être nm

1 ( organisme vivant) being; être humain/vivant/surnaturel human/living/supernatural being; les êtres animés et inanimés animate and inanimate things; les êtres et les choses living things and objects; un être sans défense a defenceless^GB creature; ces plantes sont des êtres inférieurs these plants are inferior life-forms;

2 ( personne) person; un être d'exception an exceptional person; un être faible et timoré a weak and timorous person; les êtres qui doutent people who doubt; l'amitié entre deux êtres friendship between two people; un être cher or aimé a loved one; ce sont des êtres simples they're simple beings ou souls; son mari est un être sensible her husband is a sensitive soul;

3 ( nature intime) being; de tout son être [détester, souhaiter] with one's whole being; au fond de son être, elle savait que in the core of her being, she knew that; blessé au plus profond de son être hurt to the core; les êtres contradictoires qui vous habitent the conflicting selves within you;

4 Philos l'être being.

I

[ɛtr] nom masculin

1. BIOLOGIE & PHILOSOPHIE being

l'être PHILOSOPHIE being

être humain human being

être de raison rational being

être vivant living thing

2. RELIGION

l'être éternel ou infini ou suprême the Supreme Being

3. [personne] person

un être cher a loved one

4. [cœur, âme] being, heart, soul

je le crois de tout mon être I believe it with all my heart

II

[ɛtr] verbe intransitif

A.[EXPRIME L'EXISTENCE, LA RÉALITÉ]

1. [exister] to be, to exist

ne nie pas ce qui est don't deny the facts

si Dieu est if God exists

si cela est if (it is) so

mon fils n'est plus (littéraire) my son is no more (littéraire) ou has died ou passed away

la nounou la plus patiente qui soit the most patient nanny that ever was ou in the world

le plus petit ordinateur qui soit the tiniest computer ever

être ou ne pas être to be or not to be

on ne peut pas être et avoir été you only live once

2. MATHÉMATIQUES

soit une droite AB let AB be a straight line

B.[RELIE L'ATTRIBUT, LE COMPLÉMENT AU SUJET]

1. [suivi d'un attribut] to be

elle est professeur she's a teacher

je ne te le prêterai pas! — comment ou comme tu es! (familier) I won't lend it to you! — you see what you're like!

je suis comme je suis I am what I am

Bruno/ce rôle est tout pour moi Bruno/this part means everything to me

elle n'est plus rien pour lui she no longer matters to him

elle n'est plus ce qu'elle était she's not what she used to be

qui était-ce? who was it?

2. [suivi d'une préposition]

être à [se trouver à]: être à l'hôpital to be in hospital

je suis à la gare I'm at the station

cela fait longtemps que je ne suis plus à Paris I left Paris a long time ago

j'y suis, j'y reste here I am and here I stay

je n'y suis pour personne

a. [à la maison] I'm not at home for anyone

b. [au bureau] I won't see anybody

je suis à vous dans un instant I'll be with you in a moment

je suis à vous [je vous écoute] I'm all yours

la Sardaigne est au sud de la Corse Sardinia is (situated) south of Corsica

tout le monde est à la page 15/au chapitre 9? is everybody at page 15/chapter 9?

vous êtes (bien) au 01.40.06.24.08 this is 01 40 06 24 08

nous ne sommes qu'au début du tournoi the tournament has just started

être à [appartenir à]: ce livre est à moi the book's mine

être à [être occupé à]: il est tout à son travail he's busy with his work

être à [être en train de]: il est toujours à me questionner he's always asking me questions

être de [provenir de] to be from, to come from

être de [dater de]: l'église est du XVI^e the church is from ou dates back to the 16th century

la lettre est du 12 the letter's dated the 12th

les œufs sont d'hier the eggs were laid yesterday

être de [appartenir à] to belong to, to be a member of

Bruno est de sa famille Bruno is a member of her family ou is a relative of hers

être de [participer à]: je suis de mariage le mois prochain I've got (to go to) a wedding next month

qui est de corvée de vaisselle? who's on washing-up duty?

être de [se joindre à]: acceptez-vous d'être (un) des nôtres? would you care to join us?

être en [lieu]: être en prison/en France to be in prison/in France

être en [matériau]: la table est en chêne the table is made of oak

être en [pour exprimer l'état]: être en bonne santé to be in good health

les dossiers qui sont en attente the pending files

être sans: vous n'êtes pas sans savoir que... I'm sure you're aware that...

en être à: le projet n'en est qu'au début the project has only just started

où en es-tu avec Michel? how is it going with Michel?

j'en suis au moment où il découvre le trésor I've got to the part ou the bit where he discovers the treasure

où en étais-je? [après une interruption dans une conversation] where was I ?

où en sont les travaux? how's the work coming along?

en être à faire quelque chose: j'en suis à me demander si... I'm beginning to wonder if...

tu en es encore à lui chercher des excuses! — oh non, je n'en suis plus là! you're still trying to find excuses for him! — oh no, I'm past that!

ne plus savoir où l'on en est: je ne sais plus du tout où j'en suis dans tous ces calculs I don't know where I am any more with all these calculations

j'ai besoin de faire le point, je ne sais plus où j'en suis I've got to take stock, I've completely lost track of everything

y être [être prêt]: tout le monde y est? is everyone ready?

y être [comprendre]: tu te souviens bien de Marie, une petite brune! — ah, oui, j'y suis maintenant! but you must remember Marie, a brunette! — oh yes, I'm with you now!

je n'y suis pas du tout! I'm lost!

mais non, vous n'y êtes pas du tout! you don't understand!

en être (familier) , être de ceux-là (familier) [être homosexuel] to be one of them

3. [dans l'expression du temps] to be

nous sommes le 8/jeudi today is the 8th/Thursday

quel jour sommes-nous? what day is it today?

on était en avril it was April

C.[SUBSTITUT DE ALLER, PARTIR] to go

tu y as déjà été? have you already been there?

elle s'en fut lui porter la lettre (littéraire) she went to take him the letter

————————

[ɛtr] verbe impersonnel

1. [exister]

il est [il y a] (suivi d'un singulier) there is

(suivi d'un pluriel) there are

il était une fois un prince... once (upon a time) there was a prince...

s'il en est: un escroc s'il en est a crook if ever there was one

2. [pour exprimer l'heure]

il est 5 h it's 5 o'clock

quelle heure est-il? what time is it?

3. (soutenu & locution)

il en est ainsi de toutes les démocraties that's how it is in all democracies

on a dit que vous vouliez démissionner — il n'en est rien it was rumoured you wanted to resign — that's not true

il n'est que de: il n'est que de lire les journaux pour s'en rendre compte you only have to read the newspapers to be aware of it

————————

[ɛtr] verbe auxiliaire

1. [sert à former les temps composés]

je suis/j'étais descendu I came/had come down

serais-tu resté? would you have stayed?

2. [sert à former le passif]

des arbres ont été déterrés par la tempête trees were uprooted during the storm

3. [sert à exprimer une obligation]

ce dossier est à préparer pour lundi the file must be ready for Monday

cela est à prouver we have no proof of that yet

cela étant locution adverbiale

[dans ces circonstances] things being what they are

[cela dit] having said that

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > être

8 Psychoanalysis

   1) The Ego Is Not Even Master in Its Own House

   [Psychoanalysis] seeks to prove to the ego that it is not even master in its own house, but must content itself with scanty information of what is going on unconsciously in the mind. (Freud, 1953-1974, Vol. 16, pp. 284-285)

   2) Methodological Problems of Psychoanalysis

   Although in the interview the analyst is supposedly a "passive" auditor of the "free association" narration by the subject, in point of fact the analyst does direct the course of the narrative. This by itself does not necessarily impair the evidential worth of the outcome, for even in the most meticulously conducted laboratory experiment the experimenter intervenes to obtain the data he is after. There is nevertheless the difficulty that in the nature of the case the full extent of the analyst's intervention is not a matter that is open to public scrutiny, so that by and large one has only his own testimony as to what transpires in the consulting room. It is perhaps unnecessary to say that this is not a question about the personal integrity of psychoanalytic practitioners. The point is the fundamental one that no matter how firmly we may resolve to make explicit our biases, no human being is aware of all of them, and that objectivity in science is achieved through the criticism of publicly accessible material by a community of independent inquirers.... Moreover, unless data are obtained under carefully standardized circumstances, or under different circumstances whose dependence on known variables is nevertheless established, even an extensive collection of data is an unreliable basis for inference. To be sure, analysts apparently do attempt to institute standard conditions for the conduct of interviews. But there is not much information available on the extent to which the standardization is actually enforced, or whether it relates to more than what may be superficial matters. (E. Nagel, 1959, pp. 49-50)

   3) No Necessary Incompatibility between Psychoanalysis and Certain Religious Formulations

   here would seem to be no necessary incompatibility between psychoanalysis and those religious formulations which locate God within the self. One could, indeed, argue that Freud's Id (and even more Groddeck's It), the impersonal force within which is both the core of oneself and yet not oneself, and from which in illness one become[s] alienated, is a secular formation of the insight which makes religious people believe in an immanent God. (Ryecroft, 1966, p. 22)

   4) The Problem of Verifying Psychoanalytic Theory

   Freudian analysts emphasized that their theories were constantly verified by their "clinical observations."... It was precisely this fact-that they always fitted, that they were always confirmed-which in the eyes of their admirers constituted the strongest argument in favour of these theories. It began to dawn on me that this apparent strength was in fact their weakness.... It is easy to obtain confirmations or verifications, for nearly every theory-if we look for confirmation. (Popper, 1968, pp. 3435)

   5) Psychoanalysis Is Not a Science But Rather the Interpretation of a Narrated History

   Psychoanalysis does not satisfy the standards of the sciences of observation, and the "facts" it deals with are not verifiable by multiple, independent observers.... There are no "facts" nor any observation of "facts" in psychoanalysis but rather the interpretation of a narrated history. (Ricoeur, 1974, p. 186)

   6) Some of the Qualities of a Scientific Approach Are Possessed by Psychoanalysis

   In sum: psychoanalysis is not a science, but it shares some of the qualities associated with a scientific approach-the search for truth, understanding, honesty, openness to the import of the observation and evidence, and a skeptical stance toward authority. (Breger, 1981, p. 50)

   7) Major Attributes of Psychoanalysis

   [Attributes of Psychoanalysis:]

   1. Psychic Determinism. No item in mental life and in conduct and behavior is "accidental"; it is the outcome of antecedent conditions.

   2. Much mental activity and behavior is purposive or goal-directed in character.

   3. Much of mental activity and behavior, and its determinants, is unconscious in character. 4. The early experience of the individual, as a child, is very potent, and tends to be pre-potent over later experience. (Farrell, 1981, p. 25)

   8) The Scientific and Rational Are Not Co- extensive

   Our sceptic may be unwise enough... to maintain that, because analytic theory is unscientific on his criterion, it is not worth discussing. This step is unwise, because it presupposes that, if a study is not scientific on his criterion, it is not a rational enterprise... an elementary and egregious mistake. The scientific and the rational are not co-extensive. Scientific work is only one form that rational inquiry can take: there are many others. (Farrell, 1981, p. 46)

   9) The Validity of Psychoanalytic Therapy

   Psychoanalysts have tended to write as though the term analysis spoke for itself, as if the statement "analysis revealed" or "it was analyzed as" preceding a clinical assertion was sufficient to establish the validity of what was being reported. An outsider might easily get the impression from reading the psychoanalytic literature that some standardized, generally accepted procedure existed for both inference and evidence. Instead, exactly the opposite has been true. Clinical material in the hands of one analyst can lead to totally different "findings" in the hands of another. (Peterfreund, 1986, p. 128)

    10) The Issues of Inference and Evidence in Psychoanalysis

   The analytic process-the means by which we arrive at psychoanalytic understanding-has been largely neglected and is poorly understood, and there has been comparatively little interest in the issues of inference and evidence. Indeed, psychoanalysts as a group have not recognized the importance of being bound by scientific constraints. They do not seem to understand that a possibility is only that-a possibility-and that innumerable ways may exist to explain the same data. Psychoanalysts all too often do not seem to distinguish hypotheses from facts, nor do they seem to understand that hypotheses must be tested in some way, that criteria for evidence must exist, and that any given test for any hypothesis must allow for the full range of substantiation/refutation. (Peterfreund, 1986, p. 129)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Psychoanalysis

9 πέμπω

πέμπω fut. πέμψω; 1 aor. ἑπεμψα; pf. πέπομφα IEph 17:2. Pass.: fut. inf. πεμφθήσεσθαι (Just., A I, 28); 1 aor. ἐπέμφθην; 1 pf. ptc. πεπεμμένος (Just., D. 126, 6); plpf. 3 sg. ἐπέπεμπτο Just., D. 56, 5).

① to dispatch someone, whether human or transcendent being, usually for purposes of communication, send τινά someone J 1:22; 13:16; 20:21b; Phil 2:23, 28; ISm 11:3. δοῦλον Lk 20:11; cp. vs. 12f. τ. ἀδελφούς 2 Cor 9:3. ἄνδρας πιστούς 1 Cl 63:3. ὑπηρέτην Dg 7:2. ἐπισκόπους IPhld 10:2. W. double acc. π. τινὰ κατάσκοπον send someone out as a spy B 12:9; w. acc. of a ptc. π. τινὰ κρίνοντα send someone as a judge Dg 7:6. π. τινὰ πρεσβεύσοντα send someone to be a representative Pol 13:1. W. a destination indicated (the ref. to a legation somet. being omitted as self-evident, like the Engl. ‘send to someone’= ‘send a messenger to someone’): π. (τινὰ) εἴς τι send (someone) to, into (X., Hell. 7, 4, 39; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 271 εἰς Ἱερος.) Mt 2:8; Lk 15:15; 16:27; Ac 10:5, 32 (without acc.); 15:22; IEph 6:1; GJs 16:2. W. the point of departure and the destination given ἀπὸ τῆς Μιλήτου εἰς Ἔφεσον Ac 20:17 (without acc.). W. indication of the pers. to whom someone is sent π. (τινὰ) πρός τινα send (someone) to someone (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 4; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:13 Jac.; Diod S 20, 72, 1 π. τινὰ εἰς Συρακούσας πρὸς τ. ἀδελφόν; PHib 127 descr. 3 [III B.C.] π. τινὰ πρός τινα; Sb 6769, 5; 2 Esdr 5:17; En 10:2; TestJos 9:1; Manetho: 609 Fgm. 10 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 241]) Lk 7:19 (αὐτούς them is supplied by the immediate context); Ac 10:33 (without acc.); 15:25; 19:31 (without acc.); 23:30 (the acc. αὐτόν him is supplied by the context.—S. further below, where this pass. is cited again); Eph 6:22; Phil 2:25; Col 4:8; Tit 3:12; GJs 21:2 codd. In several of these places π. is used w. another verb that tells the purpose of the sending. This verb can be in the ptc.: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent to ask (cp. Gen 38:25; 2 Km 14:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 262) Lk 7:19; cp. vs. 6. Or the verb w. π. is in a finite mood and π. stands in the ptc. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 9 §34 πέμψας ἀνεῖλε=he sent and had [her] put to death; 5, 118 §489 ἤρετο πέμπων=he sent and asked; Gen 27:42; Jos., Ant. 7, 149) πέμψαντες παρεκάλουν they sent and advised Ac 19:31; cp. πέμψας ἀπεκεφάλισεν he sent and had (John) beheaded Mt 14:10.—22:7. Differently πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἶπεν he sent them and said 2:8. W. indication of the one who is to receive someone, in the dat. π. τινά τινι send someone to someone 1 Cor 4:17; Phil 2:19.—ὁ Ἰω. πέμψας δύο τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ=‘sent two of his disciples and had them say to him’ Mt 11:2 v.l. (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 96 §449 πέμψας τινὰς ὁ Πομπήιος συνέλαβεν [Κάρβωνα]=Pompey sent certain men and had Carbo taken into custody). W. purpose indicated by the inf. (Just., D. 45, 4) Lk 15:15; 1 Cor 16:3; cp. also J 1:33; Rv 22:16. By subst. inf. w. εἰς 1 Th 3:2, 5. By εἰς (Appian, Mithrid. 108 §516 ἔπεμπεν τὰς θυγατέρας ἐς γάμους=in order to marry them [to Scythian princes]) εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν 1 Pt 2:14. W. εἰς twice: εἰς θεοῦ τιμὴν εἰς Σμύρναν IEph 21:1. W. purpose indicated by ἵνα Lk 16:24.—Esp. of sending forth of God’s representatives (Aberciusins. 7; Philosoph. Max. 497, 8, the wise man is ἀποσταλείς, his πέμψας is God) Moses 1 Cl 17:5; Elijah Lk 4:26. The angel of repentance Hs 8, 11, 1. Above all the Father sends the Son (upon the earth) Ro 8:3; IMg 8:2. πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν Lk 20:13 (cp. Hdt. 1, 119, 2f ἦν οἱ παῖς εἷς μοῦνος … τοῦτον ἐκπέμπει … ἐς Ἀστυάγεος … Ἀστυάγης σφάξας αὐτόν). John’s gospel is dominated by the thought that Jesus is sent by God fr. heaven (s. Hdb. exc. on J 3:17) J 4:34; 5:23f, 30, 37; 6:38f, 44; 7:16, 28, 33; 8:16, 18, 26, 29; 9:4; 12:44f, 49; 13:20; 14:24; 15:21; 16:5. Jesus, or God in his name, will send the Paraclete or Holy Spirit J 14:26; 15:26 (ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός); 16:7. Sim. πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης God sends them a deluding influence 2 Th 2:11.—The idea of moving from one place to another, which is inherent in ‘sending’, can retreat into the background, so that π. takes on the mng. instruct, commission, appoint: ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι J 1:33. Cp. 7:18 and the pass. 1 Pt 2:14. Elsewh., too, π. takes on a particular mng. fr. the context: πέμψον ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους eject us into the swine Mk 5:12. Of one under arrest: have him transported to his destination Ac 25:25, 27; cp. 23:30 (on these pass. s. TGagos/PSijpesteijn, BASP 33, ’96, 77–97).—Abs. οἱ πεμφθέντες those who were sent Lk 7:10.—In several of the places already mentioned (Ac 23:30; Eph 6:22; Phil 2:28; Col 4:8) ἔπεμψα is an epistolary aorist (Thu. 1, 129, 3; Chion, Ep. 15, 3 ἔπεμψα δὲ τὸ ἀντίγραφον; POxy 937, 21.—B-D-F §334; Rob. 845f).

② to dispatch someth. through an intermediary, send τινί τι someth. to someone Rv 11:10; Hv 2, 4, 3a; Hs 5, 2, 9; 5, 5, 3. The thing that is the object of the sending can remain unmentioned if it is easily supplied fr. the context πέμψον ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις, εἰς Ἔφεσον καὶ εἰς … send (the book) to the seven churches, to Ephesus and to … Rv 1:11. πέμψει Κλήμης εἰς τὰς ἔξω πόλεις Clement is to send (it=his copy or rescripts of it) to the cities abroad Hv 2, 4, 3b. ὥρισαν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they decided to send (someth.) to the brethren for their support Ac 11:29. εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε you have sent me (what was necessary) to satisfy my needs Phil 4:16 (cp. vv.ll. without the prep. εἰς and s. Ar. Milne p. 74 ln. 26: πέμπουσιν αὐτοῖ ἃ χρέαν ἔχουσιν). Fig. μερίσας … ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἔπεμψεν εἰς τοὺς προφήτας (God) sent a portion of Christ’s spirit into the prophets AcPlCor 2:10.—On π. τὸ δρέπανον Rv 14:15, 18 s. δρέπανον.—π. διά τινος could come fr. the OT (=שָׁלַח בְּיַד פּ׳ 1 Km 16:20; 2 Km 11:14; 3 Km 2:25) and could have given rise to the expr. πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶπεν αὐτῷ he sent word by his disciples and said to him Mt 11:2 ([Just., D. 53, 1]; yet a similar expr. is found in Appian, Mithrid. 108 §516 ἔπεμπεν διʼ εὐνούχων).—π. abs. means send, write a document, letter, etc. (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 18, 4; PGiss 13, 5 [II A.D.] Ἀρσινόη μοι ἔπεμψε περὶ τῶν δύο ταλάντων; 17, 8; 13; 27, 8 οὗ ἕνεκα πρὸς σὲ ἔπεμψα ἵνα ἐπιγνῶ; 81, 6; 14 πέμψον μοι οὖν περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας σου and oft. in pap) ἐσπούδασα κατὰ μικρὸν ὑμῖν πέμπειν I have taken pains to write to you briefly B 1:5.—DELG. M-M. EDNT.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πέμπω

10 σάρξ

σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ (Hom.+; ‘flesh’).

① the material that covers the bones of a human or animal body, flesh lit. 1 Cor 15:39abcd; Hv 3, 10, 4; 3, 12, 1. The pl. (which denotes flesh in the mass [Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 5], whereas the sing. rather denotes the substance.—Herodas 4, 61; Gen 40:19; 1 Km 17:44; 4 Km 9:36; PsSol 4:19; TestJob 13:5; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 211; Just., A I, 26, 7; Mel., P. 52, 383; Ath. 34, 2) Lk 24:39 v.l.; Rv 19:18, 21 (4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010, 16] cannibalism out of hunger, sim. Mel., P. 52, 383; Quint. Smyrn. 11, 245: the σάρκες of the slain are food for the birds) B 10:4; metaph. Rv 17:16. It decays 1 Cl 25:3; cp. Ac 2:31 (cp. 2a below). Normally gives forth an evil odor when burned MPol 15:2. W. bones (s. ὀστέον) 1 Cl 6:3 (Gen 2:23); Lk 24:39; Eph 5:30 v.l. (metaph.). Paul speaks of his illness as a σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί (s. σκόλοψ) 2 Cor 12:7. ἡ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή the physical circumcision (cp. Just., D. 10, 1 al.) Ro 2:28; cp. Eph 2:11b; Col 2:13 (ἀκροβυστία 2); Gal 6:13 (ἡ σάρξ=the flesh that is circumcised); B 9:4. Metaph.: the corrosion on the precious metals of the rich φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ Js 5:3.—Ign. describes the elements of the Eucharist as σὰρξ (or αἷμα) Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IRo 7:3; IPhld 4; ISm 7:1. Also J 6:51–56 urges that one must eat the flesh (and drink the blood) of the Human One or Son of Man (Just., A I, 66, 2; s. TPhilips, Die Verheissung der hl. Eucharistie nach Joh. 1922; Bultmann ad loc.; AWikenhauser ’48, 105f).—His anti-Docetic position also leads Ign. to use the concept ‘flesh (and blood) of Christ’ in other contexts as well ITr 8:1; IPhld 5:1.—For Mt 16:17; Gal 1:16; Eph 6:12; and 1 Cor 15:50 s. 3a.

② the physical body as functioning entity, body, physical body

ⓐ as substance and living entity (Aeschyl., Sept. 622: opp. νοῦς; Ex 30:32; 4 Km 6:30; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 6 [Stone p. 54] πάντα τὰ μέλη τῆς σαρκός μου; w. καρδία or ψυχή Alex. Aphr., An. p. 98, 7–10 Br.; Ps 37:8; 62:2; Eccl 2:3; Ezk 11:19; 44:7 a1.; Jos., Bell. 6, 47, Ant. 19, 325; Ar.15, 7) οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν Ac 2:31 (but s. 1). W. ψυχή 1 Cl 49:6 (Tat. 13:2 al.). W. καρδία Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9).—Eph 5:29. ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί they have seen me face to face Col 2:1. ἕως ἂν τὸν χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἴδῃ before he had seen the Messiah in person GJs 24:4 (cp. Lk 2:26). Opp. πνεῦμα (Ath. 31:3; PGM 5, 460 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν κτίσαντα πᾶσαν σάρκα κ. πᾶν πνεῦμα) 1 Cor 5:5; 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5; 1 Pt 4:6; Hm 3:1; 10, 2, 6; cp. AcPl Ant 13:17 (=Aa, I 237, 2; s. οἶδα); also in relation to Christ (though this is disputed) J 6:63; Hs 5, 6, 5–7; cp. 1 Ti 3:16.—ἀσθένεια τῆς σαρκός bodily ailment Gal 4:13; s. vs. 14. ἀσθενὴς τῇ σαρκί weak in the body Hs 9, 1, 2. ὁ ἀλγῶν σάρκα the one who is ill in body B 8:6. πάσχειν σαρκί 1 Pt 4:1b. Cp. 2 Cor 7:5. ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότης the purity of the body Hb 9:13 (opp. καθαρίζειν τὴν συνείδησιν vs. 14). σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου 1 Pt 3:21 (s. ῥύπος 1). The σάρξ is raised fr. the dead (s. ParJer 6:9; Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [74, 2]) 1 Cl 26:3; 2 Cl 9:1. ἀνάστασις σαρκός AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24 (σαρκὸς ἀνάστασιν Just., D. 80, 5); cp. ἀναστήσεσθε ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32. Of the body of Christ during his earthly ministry Eph 2:14 (JHart, The Enmity in His Flesh: Exp. 6th ser., 3, 1901, 135–41); Hb 10:20; 1 Pt 3:18; 4:1a; 1J 4:2; 2J 7; B 5:1, 10f; 6:7, 9; 7:5; 12:10; IEph 7:2; Pol 7:1; AcPlCor 2:6b. Married couples form μία σάρξ (Gen 2:24; s. Ath. 33, 2 τὴν σάρκα πρὸς σάρκα … κοινωνίαν.—GAicher, Mann u. Weib ein Fleisch: BZ 5, 1907, 159–65) Mt 19:5f; Mk 10:8ab; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (on these passages, TBurkill, ZNW 62, ’71, 115–20). δικαιώματα σαρκός behind ‘all sorts of ceremonial washings’ there are regulations that concern the physical body Hb 9:10.—On ὑποτάγητε τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς τῷ πατρὶ κατὰ σάρκα IMg 13:2 s. Hdb. ad loc. and MRackl, Die Christologie des hl. Ignatius v. Ant. 1914, 228.—πνεῦμα δυνάμεως … ὁ θεὸς … κατέπεμψεν εἰς σάρκα τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν Μαρίαν God sent a powerful spirit (prob. a ref. to the kind of divine breath that brought the first human being to life [Gen 2:7]) into flesh, that is, into Mary AcPl Ha 8, 26=BMM recto 34; s. AcPlCor 1:14.

ⓑ as someth. with physical limitations, life here on earth (ApcEsdr 4:4 p. 28, 3 Tdf. σάρκα ἀνθρωπίνην φορῶ) θλῖψιν τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν 1 Cor 7:28. Cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Col 1:24. Of Christ τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ his body with its physical limitations Col 1:22; cp. 2:11 and s. cα below (cp. En 102:5 τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν; 1QpHab 9:2; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 29, 25).—Of human life: ἀποδημεῖν τῆς σαρκός MPol 2:2 (s. ἀποδημέω). ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρκί Phil 1:24. ζῆν ἐν σαρκί vs. 22; Gal 2:20. ἐν ς. περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 10:3a. ἐν ς. τυγχάνειν Dg 5:8a. ὄντος ἔτι ἐν ς. σου AcPlCor 1:6. τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν ς. χρόνον 1 Pt 4:2. ἡ ἐπιδημία τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης our sojourn in life 2 Cl 5:5. ἐν τῇ σαρκί in our earthly life 8:2.

ⓒ as instrument of various actions or expressions.

α. In Paul’s thought esp., all parts of the body constitute a totality known as ς. or flesh, which is dominated by sin to such a degree that wherever flesh is, all forms of sin are likew. present, and no good thing can live in the σάρξ Ro 7:18 (cp. Philo, Gig. 29 αἴτιον δὲ τῆς ἀνεπιστημοσύνης μέγιστον ἡ σὰρξ καὶ ἡ πρὸς σάρκα οἰκείωσις; Sextus 317 ἀγαθὸν ἐν σαρκὶ μὴ ἐπιζήτει. The OT lays no stress on a necessary relationship betw. flesh as a substance, and sin. But for Epicurus the σάρξ is the bearer of sinful feelings and desires as well as the means of sensual enjoyment: Ep. in Plut., Mor. 135c; 1087bf; 1089e; 1096c αἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιθυμίαι. Also Diog. L. 10, 145. Likew. Plut. himself: Mor. 101b ταῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡδοναῖς; 672e; 688d; 734a; Ps.-Plut., Mor. 107f σαρκὶ καὶ τοῖς πάθεσι ταύτης; Maximus Tyr. 33, 7a. Cp. 4 Macc 7:18 τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς πάθη; Philo, Deus Imm. 143 σαρκὸς ἡδονή, Gig. 29; TestJud 19:4; TestZeb 9:7; ApcMos 25 [p. 14, 2 Tdf.] εἰς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῆς σαρκός); Ro 6:19; 7:25 (opp. νοῦς); 8:3a, 4–9 (cp. Persius 2, 63 scelerata pulpa, which contaminates devotion to deity), 12f; Gal 5:13, 24; Col 2:23; Jd 23; AcPlCor 2:11, 15; Dg 6:5 (opp. ψυχή, as Plut., Mor. 101b). Opp. τὸ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4, 5, 6, 9, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:16, 17ab; 6:8ab; J 3:6; B 10:9. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 25, 8) Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. σὰρξ ἁμαρτίας sinful flesh Ro 8:3b. ἐπιθυμία (τῆς) σαρκός (cp. Maximus Tyr. 20, 9f σαρκῶν … ἐπιθυμίας) Gal 5:16; 1J 2:16; B 10:9. Pl. Eph 2:3a, cp. b; 2 Pt 2:18; cp. Ro 13:14. τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός Gal 5:19 (s. Vögtle at πλεονεξία). τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3b. ὁ νοῦς τῆς σαρκός Col 2:18. τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκός the body of (sinful) flesh 2:11; cp. 1:22 and s. b above (cp. Sir 23:17 σῶμα σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ; En 102:5 τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν). τὰ τῆς σαρκός what pertains to (sinful) flesh Ro 8:5b. ἐν (τῇ) σαρκὶ εἶναι be in an unregenerate (and sinful) state Ro 7:5; 8:8f. τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί Eph 2:11a. κατὰ σάρκα εἶναι Ro 8:5a; ζῆν vs. 12b; 13; Dg 5:8b; περιπατεῖν Ro 8:4; 2 Cor 10:2; βουλεύεσθαι 1:17; στρατεύεσθαι 10:3b; cp. IRo 8:3 (opp. κατὰ γνώμην θεοῦ).

β. source of the sexual urge. The σάρξ is the source of the sexual urge, without any suggestion of sinfulness connected w. it ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς ἐγεννήθησαν J 1:13.

ⓓ as someth. attractive 2 Pt 2:10 (a Hebraism, cp. Judg 2:12; 3 Km 11:10; Sir 46:10). S. also 3b.

③ one who is or becomes a physical being, living being with flesh

ⓐ of humans person, human being: πᾶσα σάρξ every person, everyone (LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 3 [Stone p. 72]; GrBar 4:10; ApcEsdr 7:7; ApcMos 13 [p. 7, 1 Tdf.]; Mel., P. 55, 400: for כָּל-בָּשָׂר; s. πᾶς 1aα) Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); J 17:2; Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 1 Pt 1:24 (Is 40:6); 1 Cl 59:3; 64; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5 (the last two Is 66:24); AcPlCor 2:6a. οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ no person, nobody (En 14:21 end.—W-S. §26, 10a; B-D-F §275, 4; 302, 1; Rob. 752) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20 (cp. Ps 142:2 πᾶς ζῶν); 1 Cor 1:29 (μή); Gal 2:16.—Though ς. in the foll. passages refers to body in its physical aspect, it cannot be divorced from its conjunction with αἷμα, and the unit σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα (cp. Sir 17:31; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82]; Philo, Quis Div. Rer. Her. 57; Just., D. 135, 6) refers to a human being in contrast to God and other transcendent beings Mt 16:17; Gal 1:16; Eph 6:12 (here vice versa, αἷ. καὶ ς.). τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός the children share mortal nature Hb 2:14, but with suggestion of its frailty, as indicated by the context with its ref. to death. Because they are the opposites of the divine nature σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται 1 Cor 15:50 (JJeremias, NTS 2, ’56, 151–59). For Jd 7 s. b next. Cp. AcPl Ant 13, 17 (=Aa I 237, 2) σαρκί personally (s. οἶδα 2).

ⓑ of transcendent entities ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (RSeeberg, Festgabe AvHarnack dargebracht 1921, 263–81.—Artem. 2, 35 p. 132, 27 ἐὰν σάρκινοι οἱ θεοὶ φαίνωνται; Synes., Dio 6 p. 45b).—Of flesh other than human: ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας after another kind of flesh (cp. Judg 2:12 ὀπίσω θεῶν ἑτέρων) i.e. of divine messengers who take on ς. when they appear to humans (so Windisch et al.; difft. Frame et al. of same-sex activity) Jd 7.

④ human/ancestral connection, human/mortal nature, earthly descent (Did., Gen. 144, 25) Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα Ro 4:1 (Just., D. 43, 7 al.). οἱ συγγενεῖς μου κατὰ σάρκα 9:3. τοὺς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας Hb 12:9. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκα the earthly Israel 1 Cor 10:18 (opp. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ θεοῦ Gal 6:16). Of natural descent τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός children by natural descent Ro 9:8 (opp. τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας). ὁ μὲν ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης κατὰ σάρκα γεγέννηται Gal 4:23; cp. vs. 29. μου τὴν σάρκα my compatriots Ro 11:14 (s. Gen 37:27).—Of Christ’s physical nature Ro 8:3c; Hb 5:7. Christ is descended fr. the patriarchs and fr. David (τὸ) κατὰ σάρκα according to the human side of his nature, as far as his physical descent is concerned Ro 1:3 (JDunn, Jesus: Flesh and Spirit [Ro 1:3f], JTS 24, ’73, 40–68); 9:5; 1 Cl 32:2; IEph 20:2. The context of 2 Cor 11:18 includes ancestry as a reason for boasting, but ς. in this pass. applies as well to other aspects of Paul’s career and therefore belongs more properly in 5.

⑤ the outward side of life as determined by normal perspectives or standards, a transf. sense of 1 and 2. Usually w. κατά indicating norm or standard σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα wise (people) according to human standards 1 Cor 1:26. καυχᾶσθαι κατὰ (τὴν) σάρκα boast of one’s outward circumstances, i.e. descent, manner of life, etc. (cp. 11:22) 2 Cor 11:18. κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν Christ (the Messiah) from a human point of view or as far as externals are concerned 5:16b, cp. a (κατά B5bβ and 7a; also VWeber, BZ 2, 1904, 178–88; HWindisch, exc. ad loc.; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³, 374–76; FPorter, Does Paul Claim to Have Known the Historical Jesus [2 Cor 5:16]?: JBL 47, 1928, 257–75; RMoxon, CQR 108, 1929, 320–28). οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κύριοι those who, according to human standards, are masters Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν ς. κρίνετε you judge by outward things, by externals J 8:15. Of the route taken in one’s earthly life ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ κατὰ σάρκα IRo 9:3.—ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθέναι place one’s trust in earthly things or physical advantages Phil 3:3f. εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί Gal 6:12. Onesimus is a beloved brother to Philemon καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ ἐν κυρίῳ both as a human being (=personally, in the external relationship betw. master and slave) and as a Christian Phlm 16. ὑμῶν δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ἐπισκόπῳ IEph 1:3 (cp. IMg 3:2).—HWindisch, Taufe u. Sünde 1908; EBurton, ICC Gal. 1920, 492–95; WSchauf, Sarx 1924; WBieder, Auferstehung des Fleisches od. des Leibes?: TZ 1, ’45, 105–20. W. special ref. to Paul: Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 7:14 and 8:11; Lohmeyer (ἁμαρτία 3a); EKäsemann, Leib u. Leib Christi ’33; RGrant, ATR 22, ’40, 199–203; RBultmann, Theologie des NTs ’48, 228–49 (Engl. tr. by KGrobel, ’51 I, 227–59); LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 267–70; E Schweizer, Die hellenist. Komponente im NT sarx-Begriff: ZNW 48, ’57, 237–53; two in KStendahl, The Scrolls and the NT, ’57: KKuhn, 94–113 and WDavies, 157–82; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT: RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; DLys, La chair dans l’AT ’67; ASand, D. Begriff ‘Fleisch’ ’67 (Paul); RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms ’71, 49–166. On Ign.: CRichardson, The Christianity of Ign. of Ant. ’35, esp. 49 and 61. S. also the lit. s.v. πνεῦμα, end.—B. 202. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σάρξ

11 compasivo

adj.

compassionate, merciful, tender, caring.

* * *

compasivo

► adjetivo

1 compassionate, sympathetic

* * *

(f. - compasiva)

adj.

compassionate

* * *

ADJ compassionate

* * *

- va adjetivo compassionate

* * *

= compassionate, caring, sympathetic, merciful.

Ex. However compassionate, courteous, and unpressed for time one is, it becomes necessary to move on to other duties.

Ex. Public library services to children from birth have an essential role in developing a caring, informed and competent adult society.

Ex. 'We should be more sympathetic and persuasive with the chief honchos'.

Ex. Whatever their beliefs, artists who depicted the return of the prodigal son presented the message that God is merciful and willing to forgive repentant sinners.

* * *

- va adjetivo compassionate

* * *

= compassionate, caring, sympathetic, merciful.

Ex: However compassionate, courteous, and unpressed for time one is, it becomes necessary to move on to other duties.

Ex: Public library services to children from birth have an essential role in developing a caring, informed and competent adult society.

Ex: 'We should be more sympathetic and persuasive with the chief honchos'.

Ex: Whatever their beliefs, artists who depicted the return of the prodigal son presented the message that God is merciful and willing to forgive repentant sinners.

* * *

compasivo -va

adjective

compassionate

* * *

compasivo
◊ -va adjetivo

compassionate
compasivo,-a adjetivo compassionate: no sé si está siendo compasivo o condescendiente, I don't know if he's being compassionate or condescending

' compasivo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
compasiva
English:
compassionate
- humane
- merciful
- soft
- soft-hearted
- sorry
- supportive
- sympathetic
- tender
- tender-hearted

* * *

compasivo, -a adj

compassionate, sympathetic

* * *

compasivo

adj compassionate

* * *

compasivo, -va adj

: compassionate, sympathetic

Spanish-English dictionary > compasivo

12 haber

m.

1 assets (bienes).

2 credit (side).

v.

1 to have.

lo he/había hecho I have/had done it

los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten

2 to be, to exist, to be some.

Hay carros There are cars.

Hay There are

* * *

HABER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

he, has, ha, hemos, habéis, han.

Imperfect Subjunctive

había, habías, había, habíamos, habíais, habían.

Past Indicative

hube, hubiste, hubo, hubimos, hubisteis, hubieron.

Future Indicative

habré, habrás, habrá, habremos, habréis, habrán.

Conditional

habría, habrías, habría, habríamos, habríais, habrían.

Present Subjunctive

haya, hayas, haya, hayamos, hayáis, hayan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

hubiera, hubieras, hubiera, hubiéramos, hubierais, hubieran;

hubiese, hubieses, hubiese, hubiésemos, hubieseis, hubiesen.

Future Subjunctive

hubiere, hubieres, hubiere, hubiéremos, hubiereis, hubieren.

Imperative

he (tú), haya (él/Vd.), hayamos (nos.), habed (vos.), hayan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

to have

- haber de
- hay
* * *

1. V AUX

1) [en tiempos compuestos] to have

he comido — I have o I've eaten

había ido al cine — he had gone o he'd gone to the cinema

lo hubiéramos hecho — we would have done it

¡haberlo dicho! — you should have said!

¡hubieran visto la casa! — esp LAm * you should have seen the house!

pero, ¿habráse visto (cosa igual)? — well, have you ever seen anything like it?

de haberlo sabido — if I had known, if I'd known

2)

• haber de —

a) [indicando obligación]

he de hacerlo — I have to do it, I must do it

hemos de tener paciencia — we must be patient

has de saber que... — you should know that...

¿qué he de hacer? — what am I to do?

los has de ver — LAm you'll see them

b) [indicando suposición]

han de ser las nueve — it must be about nine o'clock

ha de llegar hoy — esp LAm he should get here today

has de estar equivocado — esp LAm you must be mistaken

2. V IMPERS

1)

hay — [con sustantivo en singular] there is; [con sustantivo en plural] there are

hay un hombre en la calle — there is a man in the street

hay mucho que hacer — there is so much to be done

hubo una guerra — there was a war

no hubo discusión — there was no discussion

¿habrá tiempo? — will there be time?

tomará lo que haya — he'll take whatever there is

lo que hay es que... — it's like this..., the thing is...

algo debe de haber para que se comporte así — there must be some reason for him acting like that

hay sol — the sun is shining, it's sunny

hay dos hombres en la calle — there are two men in the street

no hay plátanos — there are no bananas

ha habido problemas — there have been problems

habían muchas personas — LAm there were many people there

• ¿ cuánto hay de aquí a Cuzco? — how far is it from here to Cuzco?

• los hay excelentes — some are excellent

los hay buenos y malos — some are good and some are bad

los hay que están confusos y asustados — some (people) are confused and afraid

las hay en negro y blanco — they are available in black and white

oportunistas los hay en todas partes — you'll find opportunists everywhere, there are always opportunists, wherever you go

• no hay, no hay nada mejor que... — there's nothing better than...

no hay como esta playa para disfrutar del surf — there's nothing like this beach for surfing

no hay más que hablar — there's no more to be said, there's nothing more to say

no hay quien te entienda — there's no understanding you

¡aquí no hay quien duerma! — it's impossible to get any sleep round here!

¡no hay de qué! — don't mention it!, not at all!

• ¿ qué hay? — (=¿qué pasa?) what's up?; (=¿qué tal?) how's it going?, how are things?

¡qué hubo! — Chile, Méx, Ven * how's it going?, how are things?

como hay pocos, donde los haya —

un amigo como hay pocos o donde los haya — a friend in a million

de lo que no hay —

¡eres de lo que no hay! — you're unbelievable!

si los hay —

buen chico si los hay — a good lad if ever there was one

2) (Com)

"¡mejores no hay!" — "there's none better!"

¡hay helado! — [dicho a voces] ice cream!; [en cartel] ice cream sold

¿hay puros? — do you have any cigars?

"no hay entradas o localidades" — "sold out"

3)

• hay que, hay que trabajar — one has to work, everyone must work

hay que hacer algo — something has to be done

hay que hacerlo — it has to be done

no hay que hacer nada — you don't have to do anything

hay que ser fuertes — we must be strong

hay que trabajar más — [como mandato] you must work harder

no hay que olvidar que... — we mustn't forget that...

no hay que tomarlo a mal — there's no reason to take it badly, you mustn't get upset about it

¡había que decírselo! — we'll have to tell him!

¡había que verlo! — you should have seen it!

• no hay más que, no hay más que leer las normas — all you have to do is read the rules

no hay más que haber viajado un poco para saberlo — anyone who has done a bit of travelling would know

- ¡hay que ver!

4) [indicando tiempo]

tres años ha — frm three years ago

años ha que no les veo — frm, hum I haven't seen them for years

3. VT

1) (=ocurrir)

en el encuentro habido ayer — in yesterday's game

el descenso de temperatura habida ayer — the fall in temperature recorded yesterday

la lista de las víctimas habidas — the list of casualties

habidos y por haber —

se trataron todos los temas habidos y por haber — they discussed every subject under the sun

2) (=tener)

un hijo habido fuera del matrimonio — a child born out of wedlock

los dos hijos habidos en su primer matrimonio — the two children from her first marriage

Pepe, que Dios haya en su gloria — Pepe, God rest his soul

bien haya... — (Rel) blessed be...

3) liter (=obtener)

lee cuantos libros puede haber — he reads all the books he can lay his hands on

4.

See:

haberse

* * *
I 1.
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

deberías haberlo dicho! — you should have said so!

Sentido II

2)

a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

haber de + inf — to have to + inf

ha de ser firmado por ambas partes — it has to o must be signed by both parties

b) ( expresando acción futura)

ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

ha de ser tarde — it must be late

pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!
2.
haber v impers

Sentido I

1) (existir, estar, darse)

hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

había un cliente esperando — there was a customer waiting

hubo dos accidentes — there were two accidents

¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

no hay como un buen descanso — there's nothing like a good rest

no hay quien lo aguante — he's absolutely unbearable

hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

hubo varios heridos — several people were injured

las hay rojas y verdes — there are red ones and green ones

gracias - no hay de qué — thank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

no hay de qué preocuparse — there's nothing to worry about

hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

Sentido II

2) ( ser necesario)

haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

Sentido III

3) (liter) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago
3.
haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)
II
masculino

a) ( bienes) assets (pl)

b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

los haberes que se le adeudan — moneys o monies owed to you (frml)

* * *

= be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.

Ex. This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.

Ex. Such records come in a variety of physical forms.

Ex. There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.

Ex. Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.

Ex. Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.

Ex. This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.

----

* deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.

* debería haber = there + ought to be.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.

* en su haber = on the credit side.

* haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.

* haber decidido = be intent on.

* haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.

* haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.

* haberes = assets, holdings.

* haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.

* haber existencias = be in stock.

* haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* haber llegado = be upon us.

* haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.

* haber nacido en = be a native of.

* haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.

* haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.

* haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* haber quórum = be quorate.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* haberse propuesto = be intent on.

* haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.

* haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.

* haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.

* haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.

* haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.

* haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.

* haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.

* haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.

* ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.

* he = I've (I have).

* hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.

* no haber = be unavailable.

* no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.

* no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.

* no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.

* no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).

* no haber forma de = there + be + no way.

* no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.

* no haber límites = there + be + no limit.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.

* no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.

* no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.

* no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.

* no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.

* no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.

* no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.

* no haber problemas = be fine.

* no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.

* no habiendo = in the absence of.

* no hay nada como = nothing beats....

* no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* sin haber contacto = non-contact.

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* * *
I 1.
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

deberías haberlo dicho! — you should have said so!

Sentido II

2)

a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

haber de + inf — to have to + inf

ha de ser firmado por ambas partes — it has to o must be signed by both parties

b) ( expresando acción futura)

ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

ha de ser tarde — it must be late

pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!
2.
haber v impers

Sentido I

1) (existir, estar, darse)

hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

había un cliente esperando — there was a customer waiting

hubo dos accidentes — there were two accidents

¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

no hay como un buen descanso — there's nothing like a good rest

no hay quien lo aguante — he's absolutely unbearable

hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

hubo varios heridos — several people were injured

las hay rojas y verdes — there are red ones and green ones

gracias - no hay de qué — thank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

no hay de qué preocuparse — there's nothing to worry about

hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

Sentido II

2) ( ser necesario)

haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

Sentido III

3) (liter) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago
3.
haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)
II
masculino

a) ( bienes) assets (pl)

b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

los haberes que se le adeudan — moneys o monies owed to you (frml)

* * *

= be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.

Ex: This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.

Ex: Such records come in a variety of physical forms.

Ex: There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.

Ex: Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.

Ex: Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.

Ex: This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.

* deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.

* debería haber = there + ought to be.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.

* en su haber = on the credit side.

* haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.

* haber decidido = be intent on.

* haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.

* haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.

* haberes = assets, holdings.

* haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.

* haber existencias = be in stock.

* haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* haber llegado = be upon us.

* haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.

* haber nacido en = be a native of.

* haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.

* haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.

* haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* haber quórum = be quorate.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* haberse propuesto = be intent on.

* haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.

* haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.

* haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.

* haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.

* haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.

* haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.

* haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.

* haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.

* ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.

* he = I've (I have).

* hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.

* no haber = be unavailable.

* no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.

* no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.

* no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.

* no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).

* no haber forma de = there + be + no way.

* no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.

* no haber límites = there + be + no limit.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.

* no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.

* no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.

* no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.

* no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.

* no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.

* no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.

* no haber problemas = be fine.

* no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.

* no habiendo = in the absence of.

* no hay nada como = nothing beats....

* no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* sin haber contacto = non-contact.

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* * *

haber¹ [ E17 ]

v aux

A

(en los tiempos compuestos): no han/habían llegado they haven't/hadn't arrived

como se haya olvidado lo mato if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

cuando/no bien hubo terminado ( liter); when/as soon as she had finished

¿se habrán perdido? do you think they've o they might have got lost?

no habrán tenido tiempo they probably haven't had time

¿quién hubiera pensado que llegaría tan lejos? whoever would have thought she'd get so far!

está arrepentida — ¡(que) lo hubiera pensado antes! she says she's sorry — she should have thought about it before!

yo también quería ir — ¡haberlo dicho! I wanted to go too — you should have said so!

de haberlo sabido te habría avisado had I known o if I'd known, I'd have told you

B

1 ( frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad) haber DE + INF:

el contrato ha de ser firmado por ambas partes the contract must be signed by both parties

hemos de averiguar qué sucedió we have to o must find out what happened

2 (expresando acción futura) haber DE + INF:

ha de llegar un día en que … the day will come when …

3 (expresando probabilidad, certeza) haber DE + INF:

ha de ser tarde it must be late

ya lo han de haber recibido they must have received it by now

pero ¿sabes lo que dices? — ¡no lo he de saber! but do you know what you're saying? — of course I do!

v impers

A

(existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you

ha habido un cambio/varios cambios en el programa there has been a change/there have been several changes in the program

había un cliente/tres clientes esperando there was a customer/there were three customers waiting

ayer hubo un accidente/dos accidentes there was an accident/there were two accidents yesterday

no quiero que haya discusiones I don't want there to be any arguments

¿qué van a tomar de postre? — ¿hay helado? what would you like for dessert? — do you have any ice cream?

esta vez no hubo suerte, otra vez será we were unlucky o out of luck this time, maybe next time

¿cuántos kilómetros hay de Mérida a Sevilla? how many kilometers are there o is it from Mérida to Seville?

no hay día en que no tengan una discusión not a day goes by without their having an argument

no hay como un buen descanso cuando uno se siente así there's nothing like a good rest when you're feeling like that

no hay quien lo aguante he's absolutely unbearable

hay quien piensa que es un error there are those who feel it's a mistake

hubo or ( crit) hubieron varios heridos several people were injured

habíamos sólo tres niñas ( crit); we were the only three girls, there were only three of us girls ( colloq)

[ S ] hay leche fresca fresh milk sold o on sale here

las hay rojas y amarillas también there are o you can get red ones and yellow ones too

dijo que no había problemas pero los hay she said there weren't any problems but there are

¡no hay más que hablar! there's nothing more to be said! o that's my last word (on the subject)!

gracias — no hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o it's a pleasure o you're welcome

no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about

hola ¿qué hay? ( fam); hello, how are things?

¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?

es un poco largo — ¿qué hay? ¡lo acortamos! (CS fam); it's rather long — so what? we'll shorten it

¿qué hubo? (Col, Méx fam); how are things?

¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? what happened with Jorge and Ana?

donde los/las haya: es listo/sinvergüenza donde los haya he's as clever/rotten as they come

habérselas con algn/algo: como vuelva por aquí tendrá que habérselas conmigo if he comes around here again he'll have me to deal with

habido y por haber: se conoce todos los trucos habidos y por haber she knows every trick in the book

he leído todo lo habido y por haber sobre el tema I've read absolutely everything there is to read on the subject

ser de lo que no hay ( fam): eres de lo que no hay, nunca más te confío un secreto you're the limit o you're unbelievable! I'm never going to tell you a secret again

B (ser necesario) haber QUE + INF:

va a haber que hacerlo it'll have to be done

hay que ser más optimista you/we/they must be more optimistic

hubo que tirar la puerta abajo we/they had to break the door down

me dijo que había que entregarlo el lunes he told me it had to be handed in on Monday

¡hay que ver qué genio tiene el mocito! well, well, he has got a temper, hasn't he!

¡hay que ver! ¡las cosas que uno tiene que aguantar! honestly! the things one has to put up with!

¡había que verlo allí jugando en la nieve! you should have seen him there playing in the snow!

no hay más que apretar el botón all you have to do is press the button

no hay que darle muy fuerte (no es necesario) you don't need to o you don't have to hit it too hard; (no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

C ( liter)

(en expresiones de tiempo): muchos años/mucho tiempo ha many years/a long time ago

años ha que no sé nada de él I haven't heard from him for years

vt

habido, -da

pp ( frml) (tenido): los hijos habidos fuera del matrimonio children born out of wedlock ( frml)

cuatro hijos habidos de dos padres distintos four children born of two different fathers

haber²

masculine

A (bienes) assets (pl)

varias fincas forman parte de su haber his assets include various properties

B (en contabilidad) credit side

tener algo en su haber ( period): tiene en su haber varios premios literarios he has several literary prizes to his credit

ya tiene cuatro robos en su haber he has already notched up four robberies

C haberes mpl ( frml)

(emolumentos, paga): los haberes que se le adeudan moneys o monies owed to you ( frml)

los haberes del mes de diciembre income o earnings for the month of December

* * *

haber 1 ( conjugate haber) v aux ( en tiempos compuestos) to have;
◊ no habían llegado they hadn't arrived;

de haberlo sabido had I known, if I'd known;
¡deberías haberlo dicho! you should have said so!
haber v impers (existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you;
¿hay un banco por aquí? is there a bank near here?;
hubo dos accidentes there were two accidents;
¿hay helado? do you have any ice cream?;
no hay como un buen descanso there's nothing like a good rest;
hubo varios heridos several people were injured;
las hay rojas y verdes there are red ones and green ones;
gracias — no hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome;
no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about;
¿qué hay de nuevo? (fam) what's new?;
hola ¿qué hay? (fam) hello, how are things?;
¿qué hubo? (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?
( ser necesario) haber que + inf:
◊ hay que estudiar you/we/they must study;

hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it;
no hay que lavarlo ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to wash it;

( no se debe) you mustn't wash it
haber 2 sustantivo masculino
a) ( bienes) assets (pl)

b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

c)

◊ haberes sustantivo masculino plural (frml) ( ingresos) income, earnings (pl)

haber
I verbo auxiliar
1 (en tiempos compuestos) to have: espero que no lo haya hecho, I hope he hasn't done it
lo he comido todo, I've eaten it all
lo hubiera hecho de todos modos, she would have done it anyway
II verbo impersonal
1 (existir, estar, hallarse) hay, there is o are
había, there was o were: hay poco que decir, there is little to be said
había muchísima gente en la estación, there were a lot of people in the station
hay cien metros de mi casa a la estación, it's a hundred metres from my home to the station
2 (ocurrir, suceder) la guerra que hubo en el 36, the war that took place in 36
habrá una reunión, there will be a meeting
hoy hay fiesta en el club náutico, there's a party today in the sailing club
los robos habidos en este barrio, the robberies which have been committed in this neighbourhood
III ( haber de + infinitivo) (obligación) to have to: has de ser más estudioso, you must be more studious
( haber que + infinitivo) (conveniencia, necesidad u obligación) it is necessary to: habrá que ir, we will have to go
habría que pintar el salón, we should paint the living room
hay que hacerlo, you must do it
IV nm
1 Fin credit 2 en su haber, in his possession
figurado in his favour
V mpl haberes, (bienes) assets
(salario) wages
♦ Locuciones: había una vez..., once upon a time...
no hay de qué, you're welcome o don't mention it
Hay que tener mucho cuidado al traducir este verbo, ya que el inglés diferencia entre el singular y el plural: Hay un hombre fuera. There is a man outside. Hay dos hombres fuera. There are two men outside. Había un gato en el tejado. There was a cat on the roof. Había muchos libros. There were a lot of books.
' haber' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abundar
- apencar
- comprobante
- contrapartida
- deber
- dolo
- estrechamiento
- ir
- gravedad
- llevarse
- localmente
- parecer
- perdón
- pesar
- ropa
- satisfacción
- sobrar
- tirada
- acusar
- altura
- con
- encantado
- existir
- faltar
- habrá
- hay
- he
- hube
- lo
- los
- poder
- quedar
- seguir
English:
awfully
- be
- catch
- credit side
- deny
- doghouse
- earth
- have
- hotly
- life
- limit
- party
- point-blank
- recollect
- regret
- remember
- save
- still
- thank
- there
- through
- wish
- achievement
- anticipate
- apologize
- but
- could
- expect
- further
- likely
- mean
- mercy
- might
- must
- name
- otherwise
- ought
- over
- report
- should
- sorry
- suggest
- will

* * *

haber¹

♦ v aux

1. [en tiempos compuestos] to have;

lo he/había hecho I have/had done it;

los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten;

no he estado en la India I haven't been to India;

en el estreno ha habido mucha gente there were a lot of people at the première

2. [expresa reproche]
haber venido antes you could have come a bit earlier;

¡haberlo dicho! why didn't you say so?;

haberme escuchado I told you (so), you should have listened to me;

de haberlo sabido… if only I'd known…

3. [expresa obligación]
haber de hacer algo to have to do sth;

has de estudiar más you have to study more;

he de llamarle I ought to call him;

ha de llegar un día en el que todo se arregle there's bound to come a time when everything gets sorted out;

siempre has de ser tú el que se queje you always have to be the one to complain

♦ v impersonal

1. [existir, estar]
hay there is/are;

hay un regalo para ti there's a present for you;

hay dos árboles en la plaza there are two trees on the square;

hay mucha gente en la calle there are a lot of people in the street;

había/hubo muchos problemas there were a lot of problems;

no hubo tal penalty it wasn't a penalty;

habrá dos mil [expresa futuro] there will be two thousand;
[expresa hipótesis] there must be two thousand;
los hay de distintas tallas they come in different sizes;

¿cuánto hay de aquí a Santiago? how far is it from here to Santiago?;

hay quien opina que… there are those who think that…;

es un caballero como hay pocos he's that rare thing, a real gentleman;

es un artista donde los haya he's as good an artist as you'll find;

algo habrá cuando todo el mundo habla de ello if everyone's talking about it there must be something in it;

(todo) lo habido y por haber everything under the sun;

gracias – no hay de qué thank you – don't mention it;

no hay día (en) que no haya algún accidente a day doesn't go by without there being some kind of accident;

no hay más que apretar el botón simply press the button;

no hay nada como una buena comida there's nothing like a good meal;

no hay nadie como ella there's no one like her;

no hay quien lo entienda there's no understanding him;

no hay más que hablar there is no more to be said;

¡hay que ver! well I never!;

no hay más que ver lo feliz que está you just have to see how happy she is;

¡eres de lo que no hay! you're unbelievable!

2. [expresa obligación]
hay que hacer más ejercicio one o you should do more exercise;

hay que comer para vivir we must eat in order to live;

hay que esforzarse más, Luis you need to try harder, Luis;

no hay que apretar tanto there's no need to press so hard;

creo que había que contárselo I think we ought to tell him;

¡aquello había que verlo! you should have seen it!;

habrá que soportar su mal humor we'll have to put up with his bad mood

3. Fam [en preguntas]
¿qué hay? [saludo] how are you doing?;
CSur [¿qué importa?] so (what)?, big deal!;
¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?;
CSur
está lloviendo -- ¿y qué hay?, estamos en auto it's raining -- so what? we're in the car;
CAm, Col, Méx, Ven
¿qué hubo? [saludo] how are you doing?

4. Literario [hacer]
tres meses ha que marchó it is three months since she left

♦ vt
Formal [tener]
el abuelo, que Dios haya en su gloria,… grandfather, God rest his soul,…;

los hijos habidos en el matrimonio the children from the marriage

♦ See also the pronominal verb haberse

* * *

haber

I v/aux

1 en tiempos compuestos have;

hemos llegado we’ve arrived;

lo he oído I’ve heard it;

¿la ha visto? has he seen her?

2 expresando obligación, deber

:

he de levantarme pronto I have to o I’ve got to get up early

3

:

de haberlo sabido if I’d known;

has de ver Méx you have o

ought to see it;

habérselas con alguien have it out with s.o.;

años ha lit years ago

II v/ impers

1 ( existir)

:

hay there is sg, there are pl ;

hubo un incendio there was a fire;

había mucha gente there were a lot of people;

hoy no hay clase there aren’t any lessons today, school is closed today;

ya no hay más there’s none left; there are none left;

no hay como … there’s nothing like …;

esto es de lo que no hay this is the limit!

2 expresando obligación, deber

:

hay que hacerlo it has to be done;

no hay de qué not at all, don’t mention it;

no hay más que decir there’s nothing more to be said;

no hay que pagar para entrar you don’t have to pay to go in;

no hay que hablar con la boca llena you mustn’t o shouldn’t talk with your mouth full

3

:

¿qué hay?, Méx

¿qué hubo? how’s it going?, what’s happening?;

es ingenioso donde los haya he’s as ingenious as they come

III m asset; pago fee;

tiene en su haber 50.000 pesos she’s 50,000 pesos in credit;

haberes pl ( bienes) assets; ( sueldo) salary sg

* * *

haber {39} v aux

1) : have, has

no ha llegado el envío: the shipment hasn't arrived

2)

haber de : must

ha de ser tarde: it must be late

haber v impers

1)

hay : there is, there are

hay dos mensajes: there are two messages

¿qué hay de nuevo?: what's new?

2)

hay que : it is necessary

hay que trabajar más rápido: you have to work faster

haber nm

1) : assets pl

2) : credit, credit side

3) haberes nmpl

: salary, income, remuneration

* * *

haber vb

1. (verbo auxiliar) to have

lo he hecho I've done it

¿has comido? have you eaten?

ya la había visto he'd already seen it

habían acabado they had finished

2. (existir, tener lugar) there is / there are

hay un gato en el tejado there's a cat on the roof

hay unas 40 personas there are about 40 people

hubo un accidente there was an accident

habrá una fiesta there will be a party

haber de to have to

he de salir I have to go out

haber que to have to

hay que hacer más deporte you have to do more exercise

no hay de qué you're welcome

¿qué hay? how are things?

Spanish-English dictionary > haber

13 creído

adj.

vain, arrogant, self-satisfied, conceited.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: creer.

* * *

creído

► participio pasado

1→ link=creer creer

► adjetivo

1 arrogant, vain, conceited

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ser un creído,-a to be full of oneself

* * *
creído, -a
1. ADJ

1) (=engreído) conceited

2) (=crédulo) credulous, trusting

2.

SM / F

es un creído — he's very full of himself

* * *

- da adjetivo

a) [ser] ( engreído) conceited

b) [ser] (Arg) ( crédulo) gullible

* * *

= conceited, stuck-up, cocky [cockier -comp., cockiest -sup.], hoity-toity, vain [vainer -comp., vainest -sup.], cocksure, supercilious, big-headed.

Ex. She wanted to say: 'You are a conceited, obstinate, inflexible, manipulative, pompous, close-minded, insensitive, abrasive, opinionated, platitudinous oaf!'.

Ex. library users were stereotyped as old people, intellectuals, uninteresting people, shy or stuck-up people and people afraid of life.

Ex. Bold, ambitious and in-your-face I've always considered them to be just too cocky by half.

Ex. Wine lovers get the urge to splurge and celebrate, often in hoity-toity restaurants.

Ex. The common idea that success spoils people by making them vain, egotistic and self-complacent is erroneous.

Ex. The fundamental cause of the trouble is that in the modern world the stupid are cocksure while the intelligent are full of doubt.

Ex. A commenter took me to task for being supercilious and said it was inconsistent with my religion.

Ex. I alwasy knew she was a pain in the arse, without knowing her you can just tell, by the way she behaves, that she is big-headed and thinks she's god's gift to the human race.

* * *

- da adjetivo

a) [ser] ( engreído) conceited

b) [ser] (Arg) ( crédulo) gullible

* * *

= conceited, stuck-up, cocky [cockier -comp., cockiest -sup.], hoity-toity, vain [vainer -comp., vainest -sup.], cocksure, supercilious, big-headed.

Ex: She wanted to say: 'You are a conceited, obstinate, inflexible, manipulative, pompous, close-minded, insensitive, abrasive, opinionated, platitudinous oaf!'.

Ex: library users were stereotyped as old people, intellectuals, uninteresting people, shy or stuck-up people and people afraid of life.

Ex: Bold, ambitious and in-your-face I've always considered them to be just too cocky by half.

Ex: Wine lovers get the urge to splurge and celebrate, often in hoity-toity restaurants.

Ex: The common idea that success spoils people by making them vain, egotistic and self-complacent is erroneous.

Ex: The fundamental cause of the trouble is that in the modern world the stupid are cocksure while the intelligent are full of doubt.

Ex: A commenter took me to task for being supercilious and said it was inconsistent with my religion.

Ex: I alwasy knew she was a pain in the arse, without knowing her you can just tell, by the way she behaves, that she is big-headed and thinks she's god's gift to the human race.

* * *

creído -da

adjective

1 [ SER] (engreído) conceited

2 [ ESTAR]

(confiado, convencido): está creído (de) que va a ganar he's convinced o quite sure he's going to win, he's very confident of victory

3 [ SER] ( Arg) (crédulo) gullible

* * *

Del verbo creer: ( conjugate creer)

creído es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
creer
creído
creer ( conjugate creer) verbo intransitivo
a) (tener fe, aceptar como verdad) to believe;

creído en algo/algn to believe in sth/sb;
◊ ¿me crees? do you believe me?

b) (pensar, juzgar) to think;

◊ ¿tú crees? do you think so?;

no creo I don't think so;
no creas, es bastante difícil believe me, it's quite hard
verbo transitivo
a) ( dar por cierto) to believe;

◊ hay que verlo para creídolo it has to be seen to be believed;

aunque no lo creas believe it or not;
¡no lo puedo creído! I don't believe it!;
¡ya lo creo! of course!
b) (pensar, juzgar) to think;

◊ creo que sí/creo que no I think so/I don't think so;

creo que va a llover I think it's going to rain;
no la creo capaz I do not think she is capable;
se cree que el incendio fue provocado the fire is thought to have been started deliberately;
no lo creí necesario I didn't think it necessary;
no creo que pueda ir I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to go;
creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise;
creo recordar que … I seem to remember that …
creerse verbo pronominal
a) ( enf) ( con ingenuidad) to believe;

◊ eso nadie se lo cree no one believes that

b) ( con arrogancia) to think;

◊ se cree muy listo he thinks he's really clever;

¿quién se creídoá que es? who does he think he is?
c) (CS fam) ( estimarse superior) to think one is special (o great etc)

d) (Méx) ( fiarse) creídose de algn to trust sb

creído
◊ -da adjetivo [ser] ( engreído) conceited

creer
I verbo transitivo
1 (suponer) to think: ¿crees que está implicado?, do you think he's involved?
creo que sí/no, I think so/don't think so
ya lo creo, of course
2 (tener fe, confianza) to believe: créeme, believe me
te creo, I believe you
II verbo intransitivo
1 Rel to believe [en, in]
cree en los marcianos, he believes in Martians
2 (tener confianza) to trust: mi padre cree en mí, my father trusts me
creído,-a
I adjetivo arrogant, vain, conceited
II sustantivo masculino y femenino big head

' creído' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
creerse
- creída
- pero
English:
bighead
- bigheaded
- cocksure
- never
- stuck-up
- big

* * *

creído, -a Fam

♦ adj

conceited;

se lo tiene muy creído he's very full of himself, Br he really fancies himself

♦ nm,f

es un creído he's a bighead

* * *

creído

I part → creer

II adj conceited

* * *

creído, -da adj

1) fam : conceited

2) : confident, sure

* * *

creído adj cocky

Spanish-English dictionary > creído

14 योगः _yōgḥ

योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्]

1 Joining, uniting.

-2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65.

-3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26.

-4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86.

-5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'.

-6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55.

-7 A yoke.

-8 A convey- ance, vehicle, carriage.

-9 (a) An armour. (b) Put- ting on armour.

-1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness.

-11 An occupation, a work, business.

-12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165.

-13 An expedient, plan, means in general.

-14 Ende- avour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44.

-15 Remedy, cure.

-16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48.

-17 Gaining, acqui- ring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3.

-18 The equipment of an army.

-19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39.

-2 A side; an argument.

-21 An occasion, oppor- tunity.

-22 Possibility, occurrence.

-23 Wealth, sub- stance.

-24 A rule, precept.

-25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another.

-26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word.

-27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः.

-28 Deep and ab- stract meditation, concentration of the mind, contempla- tion of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8.

-29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is prac- tically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract medita- tion is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.)

-3 A follow- er of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23.

-31 (In arith.) Addition.

-32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunc- tion.

-33 A combination of stars.

-34 N. of a parti- cular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated).

-35 The principal star in a lunar mansion.

-36 Devotion, pious seeking after god.

-37 A spy, secret agent.

-38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence.

-39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7.

-4 Steady applica- tion; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1.

-41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8.

-42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48.

-Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.)

-अञ्जनम् a healing ointment.

-अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga.

-अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy.

-आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.)

-आचारः 1 the practice or obser- vance of Yoga.

-2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone.

-3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4.

-आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic.

-2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy.

-आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165.

-आपत्तिः modification of usage.

-आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3.

-आवापः the first attitude of an archer.

-आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation.

-इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga.

-2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties.

-3 a magician.

-4 a deity.

-5 an epithet of Śiva.

-6 a Vetāla.

-7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya.

-इष्टम् 1 tin.

-2 lead.

-कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below.

-कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa).

-क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property.

-2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127.

-3 welfare, well-being, secu- rity, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4.

-4 property, profit, gain.

-5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219.

-मौ, -मे or

-मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4.

-गतिः f.

1 Primitive condition.

-2 the state of union.

-गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power.

-चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa

-चरः N. of Hanumat.

-चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2.

-जम् agallochum.

-तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा.

-तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation.

-दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās.

-दानम् 1 communica- ting the Yoga doctrine.

-2 a fraudulent gift.

-धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion.

-नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Datta.

-नाविका, -कः a kind of fish;

-निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41.

-2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6.

-3 N. of Durgā.

-4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe.

-निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu.

-निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu.

-पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga.

-पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पदम् a state of self-concentration.

-पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes).

-पानम् a liquor adult- erated with narcotics.

-पारगः N. of Śiva.

-पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation.

-पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods.

-पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21.

-बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any superna- tural power.

-2 power of magic.

-भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products.

-भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga.

-माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga.

-2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25.

-3 N. of Durgā.

-यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga.

-युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7.

-रङ्गः the orange.

-रत्नम् a magical jewel.

-राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation.

-2 one well-versed in Yoga.

-रूढ a.

1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'.

-2 engaged in meditation (s. v.

-आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3.

-रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3.

-वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick.

-वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B.

-वामनम् secret con- trivances; Kau. A.

-वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga).

-वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v.

-वाह a. resolving (chemically).

-वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr.

-वाही 1 an alkali.

-2 honey.

-3 quick- silver.

-विक्रयः a fraudulent sale.

-विद् a.

1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever.

-2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.)

1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a practiser of Yoga.

-3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines.

-4 a magician.

-5 a compounder of medicines.

-विद्या the science of Yoga.

-विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22.

-विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12).

-शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymo- logy.

-शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in con- templation; cf. योगनिद्रा.

-शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali.

-संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga.

-समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and ab- stract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24.

-सारः a universal remedy; a panacea.

-सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय).

-सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali).

-सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > योगः _yōgḥ

15 ἔχω

ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.

① to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)

ⓐ to possess someth. that is under one’s control

α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.

β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.

ⓑ to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts

α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.

β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.

ⓒ to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.

ⓓ to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.

ⓔ to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.

② to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as

ⓐ of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).

ⓑ more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.

③ to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip

ⓐ of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.

ⓑ of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.

ⓒ of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.

ⓓ of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.

④ to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).

⑤ be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.

⑥ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.

⑦ to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)

ⓐ of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)

α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.

β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).

γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.

δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).

ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.

ⓑ of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.

⑧ as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.

⑨ special combinations

ⓐ w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.

ⓑ τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).

⑩ to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).

ⓐ impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).

ⓑ pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.

⑪ to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.

ⓐ of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.

ⓑ of proximity

α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.

β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω

16 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

17 μέλλω

μέλλω, [tense] impf. ἔμελλον and ἤμελλον (v. infr.), [dialect] Ep.

A μέλλον Il.17.278
, Od.1.232, 9.378, B.12.164; [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Ion. μέλλεσκον Theoc.25.240
, Mosch.2.109: [tense] fut. μελλήσω D.6.15
, Ev.Matt.24.6: [tense] aor. ἐμέλλησα Th.3.55
, X.HG5.4.65, etc., and ἠμ- (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., v. infr. v.—Only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. in Hom., Hes., Lyr., and Trag.: [tense] aor. only in Prose (exc. Thgn., v. infr.): the [tense] impf. ἤμελλον with long augm. is established by the metre in Hes.Th. 898, Thgn.906, Ar.Ec. 597, Ra. 1038 (both anap.), A.R.1.1309 (cf. Sch. ad loc.), Call.Del. 58: [tense] aor. 1 ἠμέλλησα Thgn.259
; ἤμελλον is not found in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., but occurs in Pap., as PPetr.2p.146 (iii B. C.), Phld.Rh.1.145 S. (but ἔμελλον Hyp.Ath.7
, Arist.Ath.25.3).

I to be destined or likely to, indicating an estimated certainty or strong probability in the present, past, or future (cf. Aristonic. ap. Sch.Il.10.326, 11.817, 16.46,al.): a. c. [tense] pres. inf. (or its equivalent), of a probability in the present, ὅθι που μέλλουσιν ἄριστοι βουλὰς βουλεύειν where belike the best are holding counsel, Il.10.326; ᾧ μέλλεις εὔχεσθαι to whom thou doubtless prayest, 11.364; μέλλεις δὲ σὺ ἴδμεναι doubtless thou knowest, Od.4.200; τὰ δὲ μέλλετ' ἀκουέμεν belike you have heard it, Il.14.125, cf. Od.4.94; οὕτω που Διὶ μέλλει ὑπερμενέϊ φίλον εἶναι Il.2.116
; ὄλβον δὲ θεοὶ μέλλουσιν ὀπάζειν methinks it is the gods who give wealth, Od.18.19; εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι you may be sure it is my good pleasure, Il.1.564. b. c. [tense] aor. inf., of a probability in the past, μέλλω που ἀπεχθέσθαι Διὶ πατρί I must have become hateful to father Zeus, 21.83; κελευσέμεναι δέ σ' ἔμελλε δαίμων a god must surely have bidden thee, Od.4.274; πολλάκι που μέλλεις ἀρήμεναι you must often have prayed, 22.322; μέλλω ἀθανάτους ἀλιτέσθαι I must have sinned against the immortals, 4.377; ἄλλοτε δή ποτε μᾶλλον ἐρωῆσαι πολέμοιο μέλλω at any other time rather than this I may have drawn back.., Il.13.777; μέλλει μέν πού τις καὶ φίλτερον ἄλλον ὀλέσσαι before now, no doubt, a man has lost.., 24.46, cf. 18.362; τοῦ δ' ἤδη μέλλουσι κύνες ταχέες τ' οἰωνοὶ ῥινὸν ἀπ' ὀστεόφιν ἐρύσαι Od.14.133
; of a destiny in the past, ἔμελλεν οἷ αὐτῷ θάνατον.. λιτέσθαι he was fated to have been praying for his own death, Il.16.46; ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄρ' ἔμελλον ἑταίρῳ κτεινομένῳ ἐπαμῦναι since I was (i.e. am) not destined to have succoured my comrade when they were slaying him, 18.98: c. [tense] pres. inf., οὐκ ἄρ' ἔμελλες ἀνάλκιδος ἀνδρὸς ἑταίρους ἔδμεναι he was to turn out no helpless man whose comrades you ate, Od.9.475. c. c. [tense] fut. inf., of a destin y or probability in the future, ἅ οὐ τελέεσθαι ἔμελλον which were not to be accomplished, Il.2.36; τάχα δ' ἀνστήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν ib. 694; ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄρ' ἔμελλον ἔγωγε νοστήσας οἶκόνδε.. εὐφρανέειν ἄλοχον 5.686
, cf. 12.113, 22.356, Od.13.293, 384; μέλλον ἔτι ξυνέσεσθαι ὀϊζυῖ πολλῇ 7.270
; περὶ τρίποδος γὰρ ἔμελλον θεύσεσθαι they were to have run.., Il.11.700, cf. E.HF 463; χρόνῳ ἔμελλέ σ' Ἕκτωρ.. ἀποφθίσειν S.Aj. 1027
; ἔμελλον ἄρα παύσειν ποθ' ὑμᾶς τοῦ κοάξ Ar.Ra. 268
; φεύγεις; ἔμελλόν σ' ἆρα κινήσειν ἐγώ Id.Nu. 1301
, cf. V. 460, Pl. 103, Ach. 347: c. [tense] pres. inf., καὶ γὰρ ἐγώ ποτ' ἔμελλον ἐν ἀνδράσιν ὄλβιος εἶναι I had a chance of being, might have been.., Od.18.138; μέλλεν ποτὲ οἶκος ὅδ' ἀφνειὸς καὶ ἀμύμων ἔμμεναι, ὄφρ' ἔτι κεῖνος ἀνὴρ ἐπιδήμιος ἦεν 1.232
: c. [tense] aor. inf. (cf. infr. 11), οὐδεὶς ἂν οὐδὲ μελλήσειε γενέσθαι ἀγαθός Arist.EN 1105b11
: with inf. understood, [τὰ μὲν] πάσχουσι, τὰ δὲ μέλλουσι [πάσχειν] A.Pers. 814; ἀλλ' οὐχ οὑμὸς τοῦτο πέπονθεν βίος οὐ μὰ Δί' οὐδέ γε μέλλει no, not likely! Ar.Pl. 551; οὐδὲν.. οὔτε ἐπάθετε οὔτε ἐμελλήσατε Th.3.55
; οὔτ' ἐμὲ ἀπέφηνεν ἡ βουλὴ οὔτ' ἐμέλλησεν Din.1.49
.

d in εἰ clauses, εἰ μέλλει πόλις εἶναι if it is to be a city, Pl.Prt. 324e: c. [tense] fut. inf., εἰ ἐμέλλομεν.. ἀνοίσειν if we were to refer.., Id.Phd. 75b: c. [tense] aor. inf., εἰ μέλλομεν.. δηλῶσαι Id.Lg. 713a
, cf. Smp. 184d, Plt. 268d, al.: so in part., τὴν μέλλουσαν οἰκήσεσθαι πόλιν καλῶς Arist. Pol. 1261a3
, etc.

e in final clauses, ξυνεπιμέλεσθαι ᾗ μέλλει ἄριστα ἕξειν, = ᾗ ἄριστα ἕξει, Th.8.39; εἴχομεν ἂν.. ἐπιστάτην λαβεῖν.. ὃς ἔμελλεν.. ποιήσειν Pl.Ap. 20b
, cf. App.Syr.46, etc.

f in questions, the inf. being understood, τί οὐ μέλλω ( μέλλεις, etc.); why shouldn't I? why is it not likely that I should?, i. e. yes, of course, τὸν υἱὸν ἑόρακας αὐτοῦ; Answ. τί δ' οὐ μέλλω (sc. ἑορακέναι); of course I have, X. HG4.1.6; τί δ' οὐ μέλλει, εἴπερ γε δρᾷ αὐτό; Pl.R. 605c; πῶς γὰρ οὐ μέλλει; Id.Phd. 78b, etc.; ἀλλὰ τί μέλλει; what (else) would you expect? i. e. yes, of course, Id.R. 349d, Hp.Mi. 373d.

II to be about to, in purely temporal sense, c. [tense] fut. inf., Ἕκτορα δῖον ἔτετμεν ἀδελφεόν, εὖτ' ἄρ' ἔμελλε στρέψεσθ' ἐκ χώρης Il.6.515
; ὁ μέν μιν ἔμελλε γενείου.. ἁψάμενος λίσσεσθαι (perh. [tense] pres. inf.), ὁ δ' αὐχένα μέσσον ἔλασσε 10.454
; ἄλεισον ἀναιρήσεσθαι ἔμελλε Od.22.9
, cf. Il.23.544, 2.39, 6.52, 393; δειπνήσειν μέλλομεν, ἢ τί; Ar.Av. 464, cf. Eq. 931 (lyr.), Th.2.8, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., τί μέλλεις δρᾶν; Ar.V. 1379,Th. 215, cf. Ec. 760, Ach. 493, Av. 498, al.; μέλλω μαίνεσθαι Lyr.Alex.Adesp.1.23
: more rarely c. [tense] aor. inf., παθεῖν A.Pr. 625
; κτανεῖν S.OT 967
(nisi leg. κτενεῖν) ; ἀναλαβεῖν, λιπεῖν, θανεῖν, E.Or. 292, Heracl. 709, Med. 393; ἀπολέσαι, λαβεῖν, Ar.Av. 366, Ach. 1159 (lyr.); προσθεῖναι Th.3.92
; οὐδὲ ἐμέλλησαν οὐδὲ διενοήθησαν ἐνθέσθαι D.35.19
: Phryn.316 wrongly condemns this constr.—The inf. is sts. omitted, τὸ μέλλειν ἀγαθά (sc. πράσσειν or πράξειν ) the expectation of good things, E.Or. 1182, cf. IA 1118.

III to be always going to do without ever doing: hence, delay, put off, freq. in Trag. (also in [voice] Med. μέλλομαι, v. infr. IV fin.): in this signf. usu. folld. by [tense] pres. inf., S.OT 678 (lyr.), OC 1627, etc.; τοὺς ξυμμάχους.. οὐ μελλήσομεν τιμωρεῖν· οἱ δ' οὐκέτι μέλλουσι κακῶς πάσχειν we shall not delay to succour our allies, for their sufferings are not being delayed, Th.1.86: freq. with μὴ οὐ, A.Pr. 627, S.Aj. 540: with μή, τί μέλλομεν.. μὴ πράσσειν κακά; E.Med. 1242: rarely folld. by [tense] aor. inf., Id.Ph. 299 (lyr.), Rh. 673: inf. is freq. omitted, τί μέλλεις; why delayest thou? A.Pr.36, cf. Pers. 407, Ag. 908, 1353, S.Fr. 917, Th.8.78, etc.; μακρὰ μ. S.OC 219
(lyr.); Ἄρης στυγεῖ μέλλοντας E. Heracl. 723
; ἴωμεν καὶ μὴ μέλλωμεν ἔτι Pl.Lg. 712b
; μέλλον τι.. ἔπος a hesitating word, which one hesitates to speak, E. Ion 1002; μέλλων σφυγμός a hesitating pulse, Gal.8.653.

IV part. μέλλων is used quasi-adjectivally, ὁ μ. χρόνος the future time, Pi.O.10(11).7, A.Pr. 839, Arist.Top. 111b28: Gramm., ὁ μέλλων the future tense, D.T.638.23, A.D.Synt.69.28, etc.; ἡ μ. αὐτοῦ δύναμις his future power, Pl.R. 494c; μ. φυλάξασθαι χρέος Pi.O.7.40
; τὸν μ. βλαστόν ( καρπόν codd.) Thphr.HP4.15.1: esp. in neut., τὸ μέλλον, τὰ μέλλοντα things to come, the future, Pi.O.2.56, A.Pr. 102, Th.1.138, 4.71, Pl.Tht. 178e, etc.; opp. to what is simply future ([etym.] τὸ ἐσόμενον), Arist.Div.Somn. 463b29, cf. GC 337b4; εἰς τὸ μέλλον (sc. ἔτος) Ev.Luc.13.9, cf. PLond.3.1231.4 (ii A. D.), Plu.Caes.14:—also in [voice] Med., τὰ ἰσχυρότατα ἐλπιζόμενα μέλλεται your strongest pleas are hopes in futurity, Th.5.111:— but

V [voice] Pass. μέλλομαι, ὡς μὴ μέλλοιτο τὰ δέοντα that the necessary steps might not be delayed, X.An.3.1.47; ἐν ὅσῳ ταῦτα μέλλεται while these delays are going on, D.4.37: [tense] fut. μελλήσομαι dub. l. in Procop. Goth.2.30: [tense] pf. part. μεμελλημένος, = μέλλων, σφυγμός Gal.9.308.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μέλλω

18 manera

f.

1 way, manner.

a manera de as, by way of (como)

a la manera de in the style of, after the fashion of

a mi manera de ver the way I see it

de cualquier manera any old how; (sin cuidado) anyway, in any case (de todos modos)

de esta manera in this way

de mala manera badly (peninsular Spanish)

lo hice de la misma manera que ayer/tú I did it the same way as yesterday/you

de manera que so (that)

de ninguna manera, en manera alguna by no means, under no circumstances; (refuerza negación) no way!, certainly not! (respuesta exclamativa)

de todas maneras anyway

de una manera o de otra one way or another

en cierta manera in a way

no hay manera there is no way, it's impossible

¡contigo no hay manera! you're impossible!

¡qué manera de llover! just look at that rain!

manera de pensar way of thinking

manera de ser way of being, nature

2 fashion, style.

* * *

manera

► nombre femenino

1 (gen) way, manner

► nombre femenino plural maneras

1 (educación) manners

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a manera de by way of

a la manera de in the style of

a mi (tu etc) manera my (your etc) way

de cualquier manera (en cualquier caso) in any case 2 (sin cuidado, consideración, interés) carelessly

de manera que so that

de ninguna manera certainly not

de todas maneras in any case, anyhow

de mala manera familiar (groseramente) rudely 2 (con violencia) roughly

¡de una manera! in such a way!

de una manera o de otra whatever way

en cierta manera in a way

en gran manera enormously

no hay manera it's impossible

¡qué manera de... ! what a way to... !

manera de ser character

* * *

noun f.

way, manner

- de manera que
- de ninguna manera
- de todas maneras
* * *

SF

1) (=modo) way

hay varias maneras de hacerlo — there are various ways of doing it

eso no es manera de tratar a un animal — that's not the way to treat an animal, that's no way to treat an animal

hazlo de la manera que sea — do it however o the way you like

de una manera u otra — (in) one way or another

¡llovía de una manera! — it was really pouring down!

¡nunca he visto nevar de esta manera! — I've never seen it snow like this!

no hubo manera de convencerla — there was no convincing her, there was no way we could convince her

• a mi/tu etc manera — my/your etc way

lo hice a mi manera — I did it my way

a mi manera de ver, tenemos dos opciones — the way I see it, we have two options

• a la manera de algn/algo, siguen arando a la manera de sus abuelos — they still plough as o in the way their grandfathers did

una novela escrita a la manera de Kafka — a novel written in a Kafkaesque manner o in the style of Kafka

• de manera perfecta — perfectly, in a perfect way

nos recibió de manera cortés — he received us courteously o in a courteous way

• de esta manera — (in) this way, (in) this fashion

• de la misma manera — (in) the same way, (in) the same fashion

manera de ser, es su manera de ser — that's the way she is

cada uno tiene una manera de ser — everyone has their own character

2) [locuciones]

• de alguna manera — (=en cierto modo) to some extent; (=de cualquier modo) somehow; [al principio de frase] in a way, in some ways

• en cierta manera — in a way, to a certain extent

• de cualquier manera — (=sin cuidado) any old how; (=de todos modos) anyway

• en gran manera — to a large extent

• de mala manera, le pegó de mala manera — he hit her really hard

lo estafaron de mala manera — * they really ripped him off *

me contestó de muy mala manera — he answered me very rudely

ese tío se enrolla de mala manera — * that guy just can't stop jabbering *

• de ninguna manera, eso no lo vamos a aceptar de ninguna manera — there's no way we are going to accept that

de ninguna manera deben paralizarse las obras — on no account must the work stop

no quiero de ninguna manera implicarla en esto — I don't want to involve her in this in any way

no se parece de ninguna manera a lo que habíamos imaginado — it's nothing like we had imagined

¡de ninguna manera! — certainly not!, no way!

• de otra manera — (=de otro modo) in a different way; (=por otra parte) otherwise

los jóvenes entienden el mundo de otra manera — young people see the world in a different way

las cosas podrían haber sido de otra manera — things could have been different

no podía ser de otra manera — it couldn't be any other way

de otra manera, no es posible entender su actitud — otherwise, it's impossible to understand his attitude

dicho de otra manera — in other words, to put it another way

• sobre manera — exceedingly

• de tal manera que... — in such a way that...

• de todas maneras — anyway, in any case

3)

• de manera que — [antes de verbo] so; [después de verbo] so that

¿de manera que esto no te gusta? — so you don't like this?

lo hizo de manera que nadie se dio cuenta — he did it so that nobody noticed

4) pl maneras (=modales) manners

buenas maneras — good manners

se lo dije con buenas maneras — I told him politely

malas maneras — bad manners, rudeness

con muy malas maneras — very rudely

tener maneras — LAm to have good manners, be well-mannered

5) liter (=tipo) kind

otra manera de valentía — another kind of courage

6) (Arte, Literat) (=estilo) style

las diferentes maneras de Picasso — Picasso's different styles
MANERA, FORMA, MODO De manera + ((adjetivo)) ► Cuando de manera + ((adjetivo)) añade información sobre una acción, la traducción más frecuente al inglés es un adverbio terminado en -ly. En inglés este tipo de adverbio es mucho más común que el equivalente - mente español: Todos estos cambios ocurren de manera natural All these changes happen naturally La Constitución prohíbe de manera expresa la especulación inmobiliaria The Constitution expressly forbids speculation in real estate ► De manera + ((adjetivo)) también se puede traducir por in a + ((adjetvo)) + way si no existe un adverbio terminado en -ly que equivalga al adjetivo: Se lo dijo de manera amistosa He said it to her in a friendly way ► En los casos en que se quiere hacer hincapié en la manera de hacer algo, se puede utilizar tanto un adverbio en -ly como la construcción in a + ((adjetivo)) + way, aunque esta última posibilidad es más frecuente: Tienes que intentar comportarte de manera responsable You must try to behave responsibly o in a responsible way Ellos podrán ayudarte a manejar tu negocio de manera profesional They'll be able to help you run your business professionally o in a professional way Para otros usos y ejemplos ver manera, forma, modo
* * *

femenino

1)

a) (modo, forma) way

yo lo hago a mi manera — I do it my way, I have my own way of doing it

¿qué manera de comer es ésa? — that's no way to eat your food

comimos de una manera...! — you should have seen the amount we ate!

qué manera de malgastar el dinero! — what a waste of money!

no saldrás a la calle vestida de esa manera ¿no? — you're not going out dressed like that, are you?

se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera — you can dress however you want

no lo pongas así de cualquier manera, dóblalo — don't just put it in any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how, fold it up

de alguna manera tendré que conseguirlo — I'll have to get it somehow (or other)

de una manera u otra habrá que terminarlo — it'll have to be finished one way or another

no hay/hubo manera — it is/it was impossible

b) (en locs)

a manera de — by way of

se levantó el sombrero a manera de saludo — he lifted his hat in greeting

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras — anyway

de manera que — ( así que) (+ indic) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that, so

de ninguna manera: ¿me lo das? - de ninguna manera will you give it to me? - certainly not; de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it; no son de ninguna manera inferiores they are in no way inferior; sobre manera sobremanera; de mala manera: me contestó de muy mala manera she answered me very rudely; la trataba de mala manera he used to treat her badly; los precios han subido de mala manera (Esp) prices have shot up (colloq); lo malcrió de mala manera (Esp) she spoiled him terribly o (colloq) rotten; querer algo de mala manera — (Esp fam) to want something really badly

- manera de ser

2) maneras femenino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, form, guise, means, way, manner, fashion.

Ex. During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex. It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.

Ex. In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex. The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex. They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex. City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex. It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

----

* a + Posesivo + manera = in + Posesivo + own way.

* buscar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* conseguido de manera dudosa = ill-gotten.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la misma manera = by the same token.

* de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).

* de la otra manera = the other way (a)round.

* de las dos maneras = in both ways.

* de la siguiente manera = in the following terms.

* de manera amena = pleasantly.

* de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.

* de manera confusa = hazily.

* de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de manera constructiva = constructively.

* de manera decepcionante = disappointingly.

* de manera deprimente = sombrely [somberly, -USA].

* de manera despreocupada = casually.

* de manera desproporcionada = disproportionately.

* de manera divertida = funnily.

* de manera encantadora = winningly.

* de manera escandalosa = outrageously.

* de manera especial = in a certain way, in a special way.

* de manera esquemática = briefly.

* de manera estupenda = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de manera global = holistically.

* de manera graciosa = funnily.

* de manera grotesca = grotesquely.

* de manera humillante = abjectly.

* de manera inconsecuente = inconsistently.

* de manera informal = casually.

* de manera inquietante = eerily.

* de manera insinuante = suggestively.

* de manera intermitente = intermittently.

* de manera involuntaria = involuntarily.

* de manera lamentable = lamentably, miserably.

* de manera lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de manera maravillosa = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera marginal = tangentially.

* de manera memorable = memorably.

* de manera misteriosa = eerily.

* de manera muy clara = in no uncertain terms.

* de manera muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de manera muy superficial = sketchily.

* de manera negativa = in a negative light.

* de manera obsesiva = neurotically.

* de manera óptima = optimally.

* de manera poco convincente = lamely.

* de manera poco ética = unethically.

* de manera poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de manera positiva = in a positive light.

* de manera precisa = precisely.

* de manera preocupante = disturbingly.

* de manera previsible = predictably.

* de manera protectora = protectively.

* de manera provocativa = suggestively.

* de manera que = in a form that.

* de manera rara = oddly, funnily.

* de manera realista = realistically.

* de manera semipermanente = on a semi-permanent basis.

* de manera significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de manera similar = in a similar way.

* de manera similar a = in a similar manner to.

* de manera sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de manera sorprendente = shockingly.

* de manera sutil = subtly.

* de manera tangencial = tangentially.

* de manera uniforme = evenly.

* de manera vaga = hazily.

* de mejor manera = best.

* de muchas maneras = in every way, in more ways than one.

* de ninguna manera = at all, in any sense of the word, not at all, under no/any circumstances, on no account, not on any account, in any way at all.

* !de ninguna manera! = Not on your life!, over + Posesivo + dead body.

* de nuevas maneras = in new ways.

* de tal manera que = so that.

* de todas maneras = at any rate.

* de una manera + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, in a + Adjetivo + vein.

* de una manera eficaz = competently.

* de una manera extraña = strangely.

* de una manera genial = in a masterful way.

* de una manera lógica = logically.

* de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.

* de una manera rara = strangely.

* de una manera satisfactoria = neatly.

* de una manera seductora = seductively.

* de una manera significativa = meaningfully.

* de una manera simple = in a simple manner.

* de una manera solemne = solemnly.

* de una manera tentad = seductively.

* de una manera tentadora = seductively.

* de una manera torpe = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.

* de una nueva manera = in a new way.

* estudiar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* expresar de otra manera = rephrase.

* fracasar de manera lamentable = fail + miserably, fail + dismally.

* justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.

* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* manera de actuar = line of attack.

* manera de pensar = way of thinking.

* manera de trabajar = work practice.

* manera de tratar = avenue of approach.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no hay manera de que = for the life of me.

* pero no hubo manera = but no dice.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por la manera = by the way.

* presentar de manera esquemática = give + overview.

* redactar de otra manera = reword.

* ser la manera de = be a recipe for.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.

* usar de manera general = be in general use.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) (modo, forma) way

yo lo hago a mi manera — I do it my way, I have my own way of doing it

¿qué manera de comer es ésa? — that's no way to eat your food

comimos de una manera...! — you should have seen the amount we ate!

qué manera de malgastar el dinero! — what a waste of money!

no saldrás a la calle vestida de esa manera ¿no? — you're not going out dressed like that, are you?

se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera — you can dress however you want

no lo pongas así de cualquier manera, dóblalo — don't just put it in any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how, fold it up

de alguna manera tendré que conseguirlo — I'll have to get it somehow (or other)

de una manera u otra habrá que terminarlo — it'll have to be finished one way or another

no hay/hubo manera — it is/it was impossible

b) (en locs)

a manera de — by way of

se levantó el sombrero a manera de saludo — he lifted his hat in greeting

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras — anyway

de manera que — ( así que) (+ indic) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that, so

de ninguna manera: ¿me lo das? - de ninguna manera will you give it to me? - certainly not; de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it; no son de ninguna manera inferiores they are in no way inferior; sobre manera sobremanera; de mala manera: me contestó de muy mala manera she answered me very rudely; la trataba de mala manera he used to treat her badly; los precios han subido de mala manera (Esp) prices have shot up (colloq); lo malcrió de mala manera (Esp) she spoiled him terribly o (colloq) rotten; querer algo de mala manera — (Esp fam) to want something really badly

- manera de ser

2) maneras femenino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, form, guise, means, way, manner, fashion.

Ex: During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex: It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.

Ex: In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex: They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex: City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex: It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

* a + Posesivo + manera = in + Posesivo + own way.

* buscar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* conseguido de manera dudosa = ill-gotten.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la misma manera = by the same token.

* de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).

* de la otra manera = the other way (a)round.

* de las dos maneras = in both ways.

* de la siguiente manera = in the following terms.

* de manera amena = pleasantly.

* de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.

* de manera confusa = hazily.

* de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de manera constructiva = constructively.

* de manera decepcionante = disappointingly.

* de manera deprimente = sombrely [somberly, -USA].

* de manera despreocupada = casually.

* de manera desproporcionada = disproportionately.

* de manera divertida = funnily.

* de manera encantadora = winningly.

* de manera escandalosa = outrageously.

* de manera especial = in a certain way, in a special way.

* de manera esquemática = briefly.

* de manera estupenda = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de manera global = holistically.

* de manera graciosa = funnily.

* de manera grotesca = grotesquely.

* de manera humillante = abjectly.

* de manera inconsecuente = inconsistently.

* de manera informal = casually.

* de manera inquietante = eerily.

* de manera insinuante = suggestively.

* de manera intermitente = intermittently.

* de manera involuntaria = involuntarily.

* de manera lamentable = lamentably, miserably.

* de manera lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de manera maravillosa = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera marginal = tangentially.

* de manera memorable = memorably.

* de manera misteriosa = eerily.

* de manera muy clara = in no uncertain terms.

* de manera muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de manera muy superficial = sketchily.

* de manera negativa = in a negative light.

* de manera obsesiva = neurotically.

* de manera óptima = optimally.

* de manera poco convincente = lamely.

* de manera poco ética = unethically.

* de manera poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de manera positiva = in a positive light.

* de manera precisa = precisely.

* de manera preocupante = disturbingly.

* de manera previsible = predictably.

* de manera protectora = protectively.

* de manera provocativa = suggestively.

* de manera que = in a form that.

* de manera rara = oddly, funnily.

* de manera realista = realistically.

* de manera semipermanente = on a semi-permanent basis.

* de manera significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de manera similar = in a similar way.

* de manera similar a = in a similar manner to.

* de manera sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de manera sorprendente = shockingly.

* de manera sutil = subtly.

* de manera tangencial = tangentially.

* de manera uniforme = evenly.

* de manera vaga = hazily.

* de mejor manera = best.

* de muchas maneras = in every way, in more ways than one.

* de ninguna manera = at all, in any sense of the word, not at all, under no/any circumstances, on no account, not on any account, in any way at all.

* !de ninguna manera! = Not on your life!, over + Posesivo + dead body.

* de nuevas maneras = in new ways.

* de tal manera que = so that.

* de todas maneras = at any rate.

* de una manera + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, in a + Adjetivo + vein.

* de una manera eficaz = competently.

* de una manera extraña = strangely.

* de una manera genial = in a masterful way.

* de una manera lógica = logically.

* de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.

* de una manera rara = strangely.

* de una manera satisfactoria = neatly.

* de una manera seductora = seductively.

* de una manera significativa = meaningfully.

* de una manera simple = in a simple manner.

* de una manera solemne = solemnly.

* de una manera tentad = seductively.

* de una manera tentadora = seductively.

* de una manera torpe = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.

* de una nueva manera = in a new way.

* estudiar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* expresar de otra manera = rephrase.

* fracasar de manera lamentable = fail + miserably, fail + dismally.

* justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.

* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* manera de actuar = line of attack.

* manera de pensar = way of thinking.

* manera de trabajar = work practice.

* manera de tratar = avenue of approach.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no hay manera de que = for the life of me.

* pero no hubo manera = but no dice.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por la manera = by the way.

* presentar de manera esquemática = give + overview.

* redactar de otra manera = reword.

* ser la manera de = be a recipe for.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.

* usar de manera general = be in general use.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* * *

manera

feminine

A

1 (modo, forma) way

yo lo hago a mi manera I do it my way, I have my own way of doing it

¿qué manera de comer es ésa? that's no way to eat your food

¡comimos de una manera …! you should have seen the amount we ate!

¡qué manera de llover! it's absolutely pouring (with rain)

¡qué manera de malgastar el dinero! what a waste of money!

no saldrás a la calle vestida de esa manera ¿no? you're not going out dressed like that, are you?

se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera you can dress however you want, you can wear whatever you like

no lo pongas así, de cualquier manera, dóblalo don't just put it in any which way ( AmE) o ( BrE) any old how o way, fold it up

de esta manera iremos más cómodos we'll be more comfortable this way o like this

de alguna manera tendré que conseguir el dinero I'll have to get the money somehow (or other)

sus novelas son, de alguna manera, un reflejo de su propia juventud her novels are, to some extent o in some ways, a reflection of her own youth

de una manera u otra habrá que terminarlo it'll have to be finished one way or another

no hay/hubo manera it is/was impossible

2 ( en locs):

a manera de by way of

a manera de ejemplo by way of example

se levantó el sombrero a manera de saludo he lifted his hat in greeting

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras anyway

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras ya tenía que lavarlo I had to wash it anyway o in any case

de todas maneras prefiero que me llames por teléfono antes I'd rather you called me first anyway

de manera que (así que) (+ indic) so;

(para que) (+ subj) so that, so

¿de manera que te casas en julio? so you're getting married in July, are you?

dilo en voz alta, de manera que todos te oigan say it out loud, so (that) everyone can hear you

de ninguna manera: ¿me lo das? — de ninguna manera will you give it to me? — certainly not

de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it

no son de ninguna manera inferiores they are in no way inferior

sobre manera sobremanera:

de mala manera: me contestó de muy mala manera she answered me very rudely

la trataba de mala manera he used to treat her badly

los precios han subido de mala manera ( Esp); prices have shot up ( colloq), prices have risen exorbitantly

lo malcrió de mala manera ( Esp); she spoiled him terribly o ( colloq) rotten

querer algo de mala manera ( Esp fam); to want sth really badly, want sth in the worst way ( AmE colloq)

Compuesto:

manera de ser

su manera de ser the way she is

tiene una manera de ser que se lleva bien con todos she has a nice way about her, she gets on well with everyone ( colloq)

su manera de ser le acarrea muchos problemas his manner o the way he comes across causes him a lot of problems

B maneras fpl (modales) manners (pl)

* * *

manera sustantivo femenino
1 (modo, forma) way;
◊ yo lo hago a mi manera I do it my way;

a manera de by way of;
de todas maneras anyway;
su manera de ser the way she is;
se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera you can dress however you want;
no lo pongas así, de cualquier manera don't just put it in any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how;
de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it;
de alguna manera tendré que conseguirlo I'll have to get it somehow (or other);
no hay/hubo manera it is/it was impossible;
de manera que so;
de mala manera ‹ contestar› rudely;

‹ tratar› badly
2
◊ maneras sustantivo femenino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

manera
I sustantivo femenino
1 way, manner: hagámoslo a nuestra manera, let's do it our way
lo hace todo de cualquier manera, he does everything any old how
no hay manera de que me escuche, there is no way to make him listen to me
me disgusta su manera de ser, I don't like the way he behaves
II fpl maneras, manners: contestó con malas maneras, she answered rudely
♦ Locuciones: a manera de, as: se puso una cacerola a manera de casco, she used a cooking pot as a helmet
de cualquier manera/de todas maneras, anyway, at any rate, in any case
de manera que, so (that)
de ninguna manera, in no way, certainly not: no pienso disculparme de ninguna manera, there's no way that I'm going to apologise
de tal manera que, in such a way that
en cierta manera, in some sense: en cierta manera todos somos responsables de ella, to a certain degree we are all responsible for her
' manera' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- arrancar
- categórica
- categórico
- como
- como quiera
- comoquiera
- cortante
- despatarrarse
- despeluchar
- encantar
- enfocar
- escritura
- expiar
- igual
- inri
- letra
- mal
- ninguna
- ninguno
- peculiar
- perfectamente
- precisamente
- tal
- tener
- tuntún
- bien
- cómo
- en
- escándalo
- forma
- fórmula
- habla
- hacer
- ilegal
- inconsciente
- índole
- inesperado
- interesado
- medio
- modo
- norma
- ordinariez
- otro
- plantear
- seguir
- temperamento
- tirar
- torpe
- trato
English:
abrupt
- abusive
- accusingly
- angrily
- as
- brittle
- by
- certainly
- challenging
- conciliatory
- decidedly
- definitive
- differently
- distant
- dramatically
- effective
- elaborately
- fashion
- friendly
- gait
- impersonally
- impossibly
- in
- intimidate
- jabber
- jangle
- logical
- manner
- means
- mimic
- miserably
- mismanage
- naturally
- nice
- not
- oddly
- originally
- other
- otherwise
- persuasively
- pleasantly
- practically
- pretence
- pretense
- propose
- radiantly
- realistically
- reception
- remotely
- should

* * *

manera nf

1. [forma] way, manner;

manera de pensar way of thinking;

tiene una manera de ser muy agradable she has a very pleasant nature;

no me gusta su manera de ser I don't like the way he is;

no encuentro la manera de dejar el tabaco whatever I do, I just can't seem to give up smoking;

esa no es manera de decir las cosas that's no way to speak;

¿has visto la manera en que o [m5] la manera como te mira? have you seen how o the way he's looking at you?;

esta vez lo haremos a mi manera this time we'll do it my way;

a la manera de in the style of, after the fashion of;

a manera de [como] as, by way of;

a mi manera de ver the way I see it;

de alguna manera somehow;

se le cayó el botón porque lo cosió de cualquier manera the button fell off because he sewed it on carelessly o any old how;

hazlo de cualquier manera do it however you like;

no te preocupes, de cualquier manera no pensaba ir don't worry, I wasn't going to go anyway;

de esta/esa manera this/that way;

trata a su hijo de mala manera he treats his son badly;

lo dijo de mala manera she said it very rudely;
Esp Fam
estuvo lloviendo de mala manera it was pouring o Br bucketing down;
Esp Fam
se pusieron a beber de mala manera they started a serious drinking session;
Esp Fam
tu hermana se enrolla de mala manera your sister goes on a bit;

de la misma manera similarly, in the same way;

lo hice de la misma manera que ayer/tú I did it the same way as yesterday/you;

lo organizaron de manera que acabara antes de las diez they organized it so (that) it finished before ten;

¿de manera que no te gusta? so, you don't like it (then)?;

de ninguna manera o [m5] en manera alguna deberíamos dejarle salir under no circumstances should we let her out;

de ninguna manera o [m5] en manera alguna quise ofenderte I in no way intended to offend you;

¿te he molestado? – de ninguna manera o [m5] en manera alguna did I annoy you? – not at all o by no means;

¿quieres que lo invitemos? – ¡de ninguna manera! shall we invite him? – no way o certainly not!;

de otra manera… [si no] otherwise…;

de tal manera (que) [tanto] so much (that);

de todas maneras anyway;

de todas maneras, ¿qué es eso que decías de un viaje? anyway, what's that you were saying about going away?;

de una manera o de otra one way or another;

en cierta manera in a way;
Formal
la ópera me aburre en gran manera I find opera exceedingly tedious;

no hay manera there is no way, it's impossible;

no hay manera de que haga los deberes it's impossible to get him to do his homework;

¡contigo no hay manera! you're impossible!;

¡qué manera de hacer las cosas! that's no way to do things!;

¡qué manera de llover! just look at that rain!;
Formal
me place sobre manera que recurran a nuestros servicios I'm exceedingly pleased that you should have decided to use our services

2.
maneras [modales] manners;

buenas/malas maneras good/bad manners;

de muy buenas maneras nos dijo que saliéramos she very politely asked us to leave;

atiende a los clientes de malas maneras he's rude to the customers;

Comp
Esp
de aquella manera: lo hicieron de aquella manera they did it any old how;

¿crees en Dios? – de aquella manera do you believe in God? – well, sort of

* * *

manera

f way;

esa es su manera de ser that’s the way he is;

maneras pl manners;

lo hace a su manera he does it his way;

a manera de like;

un cuadro a la manera de los cubistas a Cubist-style picture;

no hay manera de it is impossible to;

de mala manera tratar badly; responder rudely;

de manera que so (that);

de ninguna manera certainly not;

en gran manera greatly;

sobre manera exceedingly;

de todas maneras anyway, in any case;

de alguna manera somehow;

de cualquier manera anyway, anyhow;

de la misma manera que in the same way that;

de otra manera if not;

de tal manera que in such a way that, so that

* * *

manera nf

1) modo: way, manner, fashion

2)

de cualquier manera or

de todas maneras : anyway, anyhow

3)

de manera que : so, in order that

4)

de ninguna manera : by no means, absolutely not

5)

manera de ser : personality, demeanor

* * *

manera n way

una manera de hablar muy poco corriente an unusual way of speaking

a mi manera my way

de manera + adjetivo in a... way

de manera extraña in a strange way / strangely

de manera que so that

de ninguna manera no way

de todas maneras anyway

manera de ser character

Spanish-English dictionary > manera

19 cas

cas [kα]

1. masculine noun

case

• cas urgent emergency

• cas social person with social problems

• c'est vraiment un cas ! he's (or she's) a real case! (inf)

• au cas par cas case by case

• faire grand cas de/peu de cas de to attach great/little importance to

• c'est (bien) le cas de le dire ! you said it!

► en aucun cas under no circumstances

► en tout cas anyway

► le cas échéant if need be

► au cas où

• au cas où il pleuvrait in case it rains

• je prends un parapluie au cas où (inf) I'm taking an umbrella just in case► en cas de

• en cas de besoin if need be

• en cas d'absence in case of absence

• en cas d'urgence in an emergency

2. compounds

► cas de conscience moral dilemma

► cas d'école textbook case

► cas de figure scenario

► cas de force majeure case of absolute necessity ; ( = événement) act of God

* * *
kɑ
1.

nom masculin invariable

1) ( circonstance) case

en pareil cas — in such a case

auquel cas — in which case

dans tous les cas — in every case

au cas où il viendrait — in case he comes

prends ta voiture, au cas où — (colloq) take your car, just in case

en cas de besoin — if necessary, if need be

en cas d'incendie — in the event of a fire

savoir être sévère ou pas selon les cas — to know how to be strict or not, as circumstances dictate

ne pas déranger sauf pour un cas grave — do not disturb except in an emergency

le cas échéant — if need be

dans le cas contraire, vous devrez... — should the opposite occur, you will have to...

dans le meilleur/pire des cas — at best/worst

c'est un cas à envisager — it's a possibility we should bear in mind

en aucun cas — on no account

elle ne veut en aucun cas quitter son domicile — she doesn't want to leave her home under any circumstances

c'est le cas de le dire! — you can say that again!

2) ( situation particulière) case

étudier le cas de quelqu'un — to look into somebody's case

le cas de Sophie est spécial — Sophie's is a special case

au cas par cas — case by case

être dans le même cas que quelqu'un — to be in the same position as somebody

n'aggrave pas ton cas — don't make things worse for yourself

3) ( occurrence) case

un cas rare — a rare occurrence

c'est vraiment un cas ta sœur! — hum your sister is a real case! (colloq)

4) ( en grammaire) case

5) ( cause)

c'est un cas de renvoi — it's grounds for dismissal

2.

en tout cas, en tous les cas locution adverbiale

1) ( assurément) in any case, at any rate

ce n'est pas moi en tout cas — it's not me at any rate

2) ( du moins) at least

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- cas de conscience

- cas de figure

- cas de force majeure

- cas limite

- cas social

- cas type

••

il a fait grand cas de son avancement — he made a big thing of his promotion

elle n'a fait aucun cas de mon avancement — she didn't attach much importance to my promotion

* * *
kɒ nm
1) (situation supposée) case

au cas où (avec conditionnel) — in case

Prends un sandwich au cas où la cantine serait fermée. — Take a sandwich in case the canteen's closed.

dans ce cas — in that case

en ce cas — in that case

dans un cas comme dans l'autre — either way

le cas échéant — if need be

en cas de — in case of, in the event of

en cas d'accident — in the event of an accident

En cas d'incendie, appelez ce numéro. — In case of fire, call this number.

en cas de besoin — if need be

en cas d'urgence — in an emergency

en aucun cas — on no account, under no circumstances

en tout cas — in any case, at any rate

2) (occurrence, situation spécifique) case

Mon cas est un cas particulier. — Mine is a special case.

Il y a eu plusieurs cas de vandalisme. — There have been several cases of vandalism.

un cas d'école — a textbook case

3) (personne ou chose qui se distingue des autres)

un cas à part — a case apart

un cas particulier — a special case

un cas isolé — an isolated case

4) MÉDECINE case

On a encore eu plusieurs cas de variole. — We've had several cases of smallpox.

un cas désespéré — a hopeless case

5) LINGUISTIQUE case

6) (autres locutions)

ne faire aucun cas de; Il ne fait aucun cas de ce qu'on lui dit. — He takes no notice of what people say to him., to take no notice of

faire peu de cas de — to attach little importance to

faire grand cas de — to attach great importance to

* * *

cas

A nm inv

1 ( circonstance) case; dans ce cas in that case; dans certains cas in certain cases; en pareil cas in such a case; auquel cas in which case; dans le premier/second cas in the first/second case; dans les deux cas either way, one way or the other, in both cases; dans tous les cas in every case; dans or en ce cas(-là) in that case; c'est le cas it is the case; ce n'est pas le cas it is not the case; si tel était le cas, si c'était le cas if that was the case; au cas où il viendrait/déciderait in case he comes/decides; prends ta voiture, au cas où take your car, just in case; en cas de panne in case of breakdown; en cas d'urgence in case of emergency; en cas de besoin if necessary, if need be; en cas de décès/d'invalidité/d'accident in the event of death/of disability/of an accident; en cas d'incendie, brisez la glace in the event of a fire, break the glass; nous faisons 10% ou 20% de remise, selon le(s) cas we give a discount of 10% or 20%, as the case may be; savoir être sévère ou pas selon les cas to know how to be strict or not, as circumstances dictate; ne pas déranger sauf pour un cas grave do not disturb except in an emergency; si le cas se présente if the case arises; le cas ne s'était jamais présenté the case had never arisen; le cas échéant if need be; dans le cas contraire, vous devrez… should the opposite occur, you will have to…; dans le meilleur/pire des cas at best/worst; c'est un cas à envisager it's a possibility we should bear in mind; en aucun cas on no account; ton chagrin ne peut en aucun cas justifier ta conduite your grief in no way justifies your behaviour; n'abusez en aucun cas des excitants under no circumstances ou on no account should you take excessive amounts of stimulants; elle ne veut en aucun cas quitter son domicile she doesn't want to ou won't leave her home under any circumstances; cet argent ne doit en aucun cas être dépensé pour autre chose under no circumstances ou on no account should this money be spent on anything else; il ne s'agit en aucun cas de tout recommencer starting all over again is out of the question; c'est le cas de le dire! you can say that again!;

2 ( situation particulière) case; dans mon/ton cas in my/your case; étudier le cas de qn to look into sb's case; le cas de Sophie est spécial Sophie's is a special case; au cas par cas case by case; traiter/négocier qch au cas par cas to deal with/negotiate sth case by case; être dans le même cas que qn to be in the same position as sb; n'aggrave pas ton cas don't make things worse for yourself;

3 ( occurrence) case; plusieurs cas de rage/rubéole several cases of rabies/German measles; un cas rare a rare occurrence; c'est vraiment un cas ta sœur! hum your sister is a real case○!; plusieurs cas de suicide several cases of suicide;

4 ( en grammaire) case;

5 ( cause) c'est un cas de renvoi it's grounds for dismissal.

B en tout cas, en tous les cas loc adv

1 ( assurément) in any case, at any rate; ce n'est pas moi en tout cas it's not me at any rate;

2 ( du moins) at least; en tout cas pas pour l'instant at least not at the moment.

Composés

cas de conscience moral dilemma; cela me pose un cas de conscience it presents me with a moral dilemma; cas d'école textbook case; cas d'espèce special case; cas de figure scenario; il y a plusieurs cas de figure there are several possible scenarios; cas de force majeure case of force majeure ou vis major; cas de guerre cause for war; cas limite borderline case; cas social socially disadvantaged person; cas type typical case.

Idiomes

il a fait grand cas de son avancement he made a big thing of his promotion; elle n'a fait aucun cas de mon avancement she didn't attach much importance to my promotion.

[ka] nom masculin

1. [hypothèse]

dans le premier cas in the first instance

dans le meilleur des cas at best

dans le pire des cas at worst

dans certains cas, en certains cas in some ou certain cases

en aucun cas under no circumstances, on no account

en pareil cas in such a case

auquel cas, en ce cas, dans ce cas in which case, in that case, this being the case

envisageons ce cas de figure let us consider that possibility

le cas échéant should this happen

2. [situation particulière] case, situation

c'est également mon cas I'm in the same situation

ce n'est pas le cas that's not the case

c'est un cas particulier, elle n'a pas de ressources she's a special case, she has no income

les cas particuliers en grammaire russe exceptions in Russian grammar

cas de conscience matter of conscience

poser un cas de conscience à quelqu'un to put somebody in a (moral) dilemma

cas de force majeure

a. (sens propre) case of force majeure

b. (figuré) case of absolute necessity

cas limite borderline case

c'est le cas de le dire! you've said it!

3. MÉDECINE & SOCIOLOGIE case

ce garçon est un cas! (familier & humoristique) that boy is something else ou a real case!

4. GRAMMAIRE case

5. (locution)

faire grand cas de

a. [événement] to attach great importance to

b. [argument, raison] to set great store by

c. [invité, ami] to make a great fuss ou much of

faire peu de cas de

a. [argument, raison] to pay scant attention to

b. [invité, ami] to ignore

au cas où locution conjonctive

in case

au cas où il ne viendrait pas in case he doesn't come

(comme adverbe)

prends un parapluie au cas où (familier) take an umbrella just in case

————————

dans tous les cas

→ link=enen tout cas

————————

en cas de locution prépositionnelle

in case of

en cas de besoin in case of need

en cas de perte de la carte should the card be lost

————————

en tout cas locution adverbiale

in any case ou event, anyway

————————

cas social nom masculin

person needing social worker's assistance

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > cas

20 ἵνα

ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.

① marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final sense

ⓐ w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):

α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.

β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.

γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.

δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.

ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.

ⓑ w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.

ⓒ ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.

ⓓ The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.

ⓔ after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.

ⓕ ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.

② marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.² 191ff]; LXX).

ⓐ after verbs w. the sense

α. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.

β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.

γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.

δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.

ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.

ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John², ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.

η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.

ⓑ after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.

ⓒ after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:

α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.

β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.

ⓓ after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.

ⓔ ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.² 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.

ⓕ ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).

ⓖ ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.

ⓗ ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).

③ marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P⁴⁷ has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).

④ marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἵνα

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

См. также в других словарях:

God, as necessary being — Бог как необходимое бытие … Вестминстерский словарь теологических терминов

GOD — IN THE BIBLE The Bible is not a single book, but a collection of volumes composed by different authors living in various countries over a period of more than a millennium. In these circumstances, divergencies of emphasis (cf. Kings with… … Encyclopedia of Judaism

GOD, NAMES OF — Various Hebrew terms are used for God in the Bible. Some of these are employed in both the generic and specific sense; others are used only as the personal name of the God of Israel. Most of these terms were employed also by the Canaanites, to… … Encyclopedia of Judaism

God in Christianity — Part of a series on Attributes of God in Christian theology Aseity Eternity … Wikipedia

God is dead — This article is about the philosophical event described by Nietzsche. For other uses, see God is dead (disambiguation). God is dead (German: Gott ist tot (help·info); also known as the death of God) is a widely quoted statement by G … Wikipedia

Existence of God — Part of a series on God General conceptions … Wikipedia

God-man (mystic) — God man refers to the divine Incarnation as described within various religious faiths including early Roman Catholicism and Christian mysticism. Origins The first usage of the term God man as a theological concept appears in the writing of the… … Wikipedia

God is still speaking, — also known as The Stillspeaking Initiative , is the name of the identity, branding, and advertising campaign of the United Church of Christ that was launched in 2004.The Initiative was originally promulgated by the national office s Stillspeakin … Wikipedia

God's Wife of Amun — (Egyptian: unicode|ḥm.t nṯr n ỉmn ) was the highest ranking priestess of the Amun cult, an important Ancient Egyptian religious institution centered in Thebes during the second millennium BCE (circa 2160 BC). At times it was the most important… … Wikipedia

Being and Nothingness — Being and Nothingness: An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology (French: L Être et le néant : Essai d ontologie phénoménologique ), sometimes subtitled A Phenomenological Essay on Ontology, is a 1943 philosophical treatise by Jean Paul Sartre that… … Wikipedia

God in a Pill? — was a 1966 pamphlet by Meher Baba in which he spoke out strongly against taking illicit drugs like marijuana and LSD, saying they were harmful physically, mentally, and spiritually. The pamphlet, originally titled God in a Pill? Meher Baba on L.S … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

God, as necessary being

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

God, as necessary being

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: